Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Prosperity Bancshares

Prosperity Bancshares

pb · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pb
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Prosperity Bancshares
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
⌧

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (D) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

(cid:2)

For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009 

OR  

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to              

Commission File Number 0-25051  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.   
®
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Texas
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

Prosperity Bank Plaza
4295 San Felipe 
Houston, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)

74-2331986
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

77027
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (713) 693-9300  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Common Stock, par value
$1.00 per share
(Title of each class)

NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the 

Act.    Yes  

    No  

⌧

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

⌧

Act.    Yes  

    No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  

    No  

⌧

(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  

    No  

(cid:2)

(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part 
III of the Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K.  

⌧

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller 

    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 

12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):  

⌧

Large Accelerated Filer  

  Accelerated Filer  

(cid:2)

  Non-accelerated Filer  

(cid:2)

  Smaller Reporting Company  

(cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 

(cid:2)

⌧

Act).    Yes  

    No  

The aggregate market value of the shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2009, based on the closing price 

of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2009 was approximately $1.26 billion.  

As of February 24, 2010, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was 46,546,576.  

Documents Incorporated by Reference:  
Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed within 120 

days after December 31, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

  
  
  
PART I 

  Item 1.

PART II 

  Item 1A.
  Item 1B.
  Item 2.
  Item 3.
  Item 4.

Item 5.

  Item 6.
  Item 7.

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
®
2009 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

  Business 

General 
Subsequent Events 
Available Information 
Officers and Associates  
Banking Activities 
Business Strategies 
Competition
Supervision and Regulation 

  Risk Factors 
  Unresolved Staff Comments 
  Properties 
  Legal Proceedings
  Reserved 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities 

  Selected Consolidated Financial Data
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Overview 
Subsequent Events 
Critical Accounting Policies 
Results of Operations 
Financial Condition 

  Item 7A.
  Item 8.
  Item 9.
  Item 9A.
  Item 9B.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
  Controls and Procedures 
  Other Information

  Item 10.
  Item 11.
  Item 12.
  Item 13.
  Item 14.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
  Executive Compensation 
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART III 

PART IV 

  Item 15.
  Signatures 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  1
   1
   2
   3
   3
   3
  4
  5
   5
   16
   25
   25
   25
   25

   26
   29
   31
   32
   33
  34
   35
   42
   63
   64
   65
   65
  68

   68
   68
   68
   68
   68

   69
   72

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS  
General  

PART I 

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.

®

, a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was formed in 1983 as a vehicle to acquire the former 

Allied Bank in Edna, Texas which was chartered in 1949 as The First National Bank of Edna and is now known as Prosperity Bank. 
The Company is a registered financial holding company that derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of 
its bank subsidiary, Prosperity Bank  (“Prosperity Bank ” or the “Bank”). The Bank provides a broad line of financial products and 
services to small and medium-sized businesses and consumers. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank operated one hundred fifty-eight 
(158) full-service banking locations; with fifty-one (51) in the Houston area, twenty-seven (27) in the South Texas area including 
Corpus Christi and Victoria, twenty-seven (27) in the Central Texas area including Austin and San Antonio, twenty (20) in East 
Texas, nine (9) in Bryan/College Station and twenty-four (24) in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area. The Company’s headquarters are 
located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe in Houston, Texas and its telephone number is (281) 269-7199. The Company’s 
website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com.  

®

®

The Company’s market consists of the communities served by its banking centers. The diverse nature of the economies in each 

local market served by the Company provides the Company with a varied customer base and allows the Company to spread its 
lending risk throughout a number of different industries including professional service firms and their principals, manufacturing, 
tourism, recreation, petrochemicals, farming and ranching. The Company’s market areas outside of Houston, Dallas, Corpus Christi 
and Austin are dominated by either small community banks or branches of large regional banks. Management believes that the 
Company, as one of the few mid-sized financial institutions that combines responsive community banking with the sophistication of a 
regional bank holding company, has a competitive advantage in its market areas and excellent growth opportunities through 
acquisitions, including acquisitions of failed financial institutions, new banking center locations and additional business development. 

Operating under a community banking philosophy, the Company seeks to develop broad customer relationships based on service 

and convenience while maintaining its conservative approach to lending and strong asset quality. The Company has grown through a 
combination of internal growth, the acquisition of community banks, branches of banks and the opening of new banking centers. 
Utilizing a low cost of funds and employing stringent cost controls, the Company has been profitable in every full year of its 
existence, including the period of adverse economic conditions in Texas in the late 1980s and more recently in 2008 and 2009. From 
1988 to 1992 as a sound and profitable institution, the Company took advantage of this economic downturn and acquired the deposits 
and certain assets of failed banks in West Columbia, El Campo and Cuero, Texas and two failed banks in Houston, which diversified 
the Company’s franchise and increased its core deposits. The Company opened a full-service banking center in Victoria, Texas in 
1993 and the following year established a banking center in Bay City, Texas. The Company expanded its Bay City presence in 1996 
with the acquisition of an additional branch location from Norwest Bank Texas (now Wells Fargo), and in 1997, the Company 
acquired the Angleton, Texas branch of Wells Fargo Bank. In 1998, the Company enhanced its West Columbia Banking Center with 
the purchase of a commercial bank branch located in West Columbia and acquired Union State Bank in East Bernard, Texas. In 2008, 
the Company again took advantage of the economic downturn and acquired approximately $3.6 billion in deposits and certain assets 
of Franklin Bank headquartered in Houston, Texas from the FDIC.  

1 

  
From December 31, 1998 through December 31, 2009, the Company grew through internal growth and the completion of the 

following acquisitions:  

Acquired Entity
South Texas Bancshares, Inc. 
Compass Bank (5 branches) 
Commercial Bancshares, Inc. 
Texas Guaranty Bank, N.A. 
The First State Bank of Needville 
Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. 
Southwest Bank Holding Company 
First National Bank of Bay City 
Abrams Centre Bancshares, Inc. 
Dallas Bancshares, Inc. 
MainBancorp, Inc. 
First State Bank of North Texas 
Liberty Bancshares, Inc. 
Village Bank and Trust, s.s.b 
First Capital Bankers, Inc. 
Grapeland Bancshares, Inc. 
SNB Bancshares, Inc 
Texas United Bancshares, Inc 

The Bank of Navasota 
Banco Popular, NA (6 branches) 
1  Choice Bancorp 
st
FDIC (as receiver for Franklin Bank)

(4)

Acquired Bank

Commercial National Bank
N/A
Heritage Bank
Same
Same
Paradigm Bank Texas
Bank of the Southwest
Same
Abrams Centre National Bank
BankDallas
mainbank, n.a.
Same
Liberty Bank, S.S.B.
Same
FirstCapital Bank, s.s.b.
First State Bank of Grapeland
Southern National Bank of Texas 
State Bank, GNB Financial, n.a.,
Gateway National Bank and 
Northwest Bank
Same
N/A
1  Choice Bank
st
N/A

Completion
Date

Number of 
Banking Centers
As of 
December 31,
2009

(1)

1999  
2000  
2001  
2002  
2002  
2002  
2002  
2002  
2003  
2003  
2003  
2003  
2004  
2004  
2005  
2005  
2006  

2007  
2007  
2008  
2008  
2008  

—

—

3  
4  
12  
2  
(2)
8  
2  
(2)
1  
1  
3  
3  
4  
1  
20  
2  
6
(3)

34  
1  
5  
1  
33  

(1) The number of banking centers added does not include any locations of the acquired entity that were closed and consolidated 
with existing banking centers of the Company upon consummation of the transaction or closed after consummation of the 
transaction. 

(2) The only banking center of the acquired entity was closed and consolidated into an existing banking center of the Company. 
(3)
(4) Assumed approximately $3.6 billion of deposits and acquired certain assets, including thirty-three (33) banking centers, from the 

Included one banking center under construction at the time of consummation. 

FDIC, acting in its capacity as receiver for Franklin Bank. 

Subsequent Events  

On January 19, 2010, the Company announced the signing of a definitive agreement by Prosperity Bank to acquire the three 
(3) Texas retail bank branches of U.S. Bank. Prosperity Bank will pay a premium for approximately $420 million in deposits, as well 
as purchase certain loans and other assets attributable to the branches. The three locations being acquired by the Company are the 
Texas locations U.S. Bank acquired from the FDIC on October 30, 2009 when U.S. Bank acquired the nine (9) subsidiary banks of 
FBOP Corporation. The Texas banks were Madisonville State Bank in Madisonville, Texas; Citizens National Bank in Teague, 
Texas; and North Houston Bank in Houston, Texas. The agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of both banks and is 
expected to close during the first quarter of 2010, although delays could occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, 
including customary regulatory approvals.  

2 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
On February 8, 2010, the Company announced the signing by Prosperity Bank of a definitive agreement to acquire the nineteen 

(19) Texas retail bank branches of First Bank, a Missouri state-chartered bank. Prosperity Bank will pay a premium of 5.5% for 
approximately $500 million in deposits, as well as purchase approximately $100 million in loans and other assets attributable to the 
branches. First Bank’s Texas locations are all in the Houston and Dallas metropolitan areas. After the consolidation of locations near 
existing Company banking centers and the acquisition of the Houston branch of U.S. Bank, the Company will operate thirty-one 
(31) Dallas/Fort Worth area banking centers and fifty-eight (58) Houston area banking centers. The agreement has been approved by 
the Board of Directors of both banks and is expected to close during the second quarter of 2010, although delays could occur. The 
transaction is subject to certain conditions, including customary regulatory approvals.  

Available Information  

The Company’s website address is www.prosperitybanktx.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or through its 
website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those 
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. Information contained on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-
K and is not part of this or any other report.  

Officers and Associates  

The Company’s directors and officers are important to the Company’s success and play a key role in the Company’s business 

development efforts by actively participating in civic and public service activities in the communities served by the Company.  

The Company has invested heavily in its officers and associates by recruiting talented officers in its market areas and providing 
them with economic incentive in the form of stock-based compensation and bonuses based on cross-selling performance. The senior 
management team has substantial experience in the Houston, Dallas, Austin, Bryan/College Station, East Texas, Corpus Christi and 
San Antonio markets and the surrounding communities in which the Company has a presence. Each banking center location is 
administered by a local president or manager with knowledge of the community and lending expertise in the specific industries found 
in the community. The Company entrusts its banking center presidents and managers with authority and flexibility within general 
parameters with respect to product pricing and decision making in order to avoid the bureaucratic structure of larger banks. The 
Company operates each banking center as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to each banking center’s net 
interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents and managers are 
accountable for performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. The Company’s local banking centers have no 1-800 
telephone numbers. Each banking center has its own listed local business telephone number. Customers are served by a local banker 
with decision making authority.  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company and the Bank had 1,594 full-time equivalent associates, 605 of whom were officers of 

the Bank. The Company provides medical and hospitalization insurance to its full-time associates. The Company considers its 
relations with associates to be excellent. Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to any collective bargaining agreement.  

Banking Activities  

The Company, through the Bank, offers a variety of traditional loan and deposit products to its customers, which consist 
primarily of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses. The Bank tailors its products to the specific needs of customers in a 
given market. At December 31, 2009, the Bank maintained approximately  

3 

  
359,000 separate deposit accounts including certificates of deposit, 36,000 separate loan accounts and 20.6% of the Bank’s total 
deposits were noninterest-bearing demand deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company’s average cost of funds was 
1.37% and the Company’s average cost of deposits (excluding all borrowings) was 1.33%.  

The Company has been an active real estate lender, with commercial mortgage and 1-4 family residential loans comprising 
37.4% and 21.0% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2009, respectively. The Company also offers commercial loans, 
loans for automobiles and other consumer durables, home equity loans, debit cards, internet banking and other cash management 
services and automated telephone banking. By offering certificates of deposit, interest checking accounts, savings accounts and 
overdraft protection at competitive rates, the Company gives its depositors a full range of traditional deposit products.  

The businesses targeted by the Company in its lending efforts are primarily those that require loans in the $100,000 to $8.0 
million range. The Company offers these businesses a broad array of loan products including term loans, lines of credit and loans for 
working capital, business expansion and the purchase of equipment and machinery, interim construction loans for builders and owner-
occupied commercial real estate loans.  

Business Strategies  

The Company’s main objective is to increase deposits and loans internally, as well as through additional expansion 
opportunities, while maintaining efficiency and individualized customer service and maximizing profitability. To achieve this 
objective, the Company has employed the following strategic goals:  

Continue Community Banking Emphasis. The Company intends to continue operating as a community banking organization 

focused on meeting the specific needs of consumers and small and medium-sized businesses in its market areas. The Company 
provides a high degree of responsiveness combined with a wide variety of banking products and services. The Company staffs its 
banking centers with experienced bankers with lending expertise in the specific industries found in the given community, and gives 
them authority to make certain pricing and credit decisions, avoiding the bureaucratic structure of larger banks.  

Expand Market Share Through Internal Growth and a Disciplined Acquisition Strategy. The Company intends to continue 
seeking opportunities, both inside and outside its existing markets, to expand either by acquiring existing banks or branches of banks, 
including FDIC assisted purchases, or by establishing new banking centers. All of the Company’s acquisitions have been accretive to 
earnings within 12 months after acquisition date and generally have supplied the Company with relatively low-cost deposits which 
have been used to fund the Company’s lending and investing activities. However, the Company makes no guarantee that future 
acquisitions, if any, will be accretive to earnings within any particular time period. Factors used by the Company to evaluate 
expansion opportunities include (i) the similarity in management and operating philosophies, (ii) whether the acquisition will be 
accretive to earnings and enhance shareholder value, (iii) the ability to improve the efficiency ratio through economies of scale, 
(iv) whether the acquisition will strategically expand the Company’s geographic footprint, and (v) the opportunity to enhance the 
Company’s market presence in existing market areas.  

Increase Loan Volume and Diversify Loan Portfolio. While maintaining its conservative approach to lending, the Company has 

emphasized both new and existing loan products, focusing on managing its commercial mortgage and commercial loan portfolios. 
During the two-year period from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2009, the Company’s commercial and industrial loans 
decreased from $436.3 million to $393.0 million, or 9.9%, and represented 13.9% and 11.6% of the total portfolio, respectively. 
Commercial mortgages increased from $1.08 billion to $1.26 billion, or 17.3%, and represented 34.2% and 37.4% of the total 
portfolio, respectively, for the same period. In addition, the Company targets professional service firms, including legal and medical 
practices, for both loans secured by owner-occupied premises and personal loans to their principals.  

4 

  
Maintain Strong Asset Quality. The Company continues to maintain the strong asset quality that has been representative of its 

historical loan portfolio. As the Company continues to diversify and increase its lending activities and acquire loans in acquisitions, it 
may face higher risks of nonpayment and increased risks in the event of continued economic downturns. The Company intends to 
continue to employ the strict underwriting guidelines and comprehensive loan review process that have contributed to its low 
incidence of nonperforming assets and its minimal charge-offs in relation to its size.  

Continue Focus on Efficiency. The Company plans to maintain its stringent cost control practices and policies. The Company 
has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such as data processing and loan 
processing. For its banking centers, which the Company operates as independent profit centers, the Company supplies complete 
support in the areas of loan review, internal audit, compliance and training. Management believes that this centralized infrastructure 
can accommodate additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs through economies of scale.  

Enhance Cross-Selling. The Company recognizes that its customer base provides significant opportunities to cross-sell various 

products and it seeks to develop broader customer relationships by identifying cross-selling opportunities. The Company uses 
incentives and friendly competition to encourage cross-selling efforts and increase cross-selling results among its associates. Officers 
and associates have access to each customer’s existing and related account relationships and are better able to inform customers of 
additional products when customers visit or call the various banking centers or use their drive-in facilities. In addition, the Company 
includes product information in monthly statements and other mailings.  

Competition  

The banking business is highly competitive, and the profitability of the Company depends principally on its ability to compete in 

its market areas. The Company competes with other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, 
finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based nonbank lenders and 
certain other nonfinancial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental 
organizations which may offer more favorable financing than the Company. The Company believes it has been able to compete 
effectively with other financial institutions by emphasizing customer service, technology and responsive decision-making with 
respect to loans, by establishing long-term customer relationships and building customer loyalty and by providing products and 
services designed to address the specific needs of its customers.  

Supervision and Regulation  

The supervision and regulation of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of 
depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the banking system as a 
whole, and not for the protection of the bank holding company’s shareholders or creditors. The banking agencies have broad 
enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks including the power to impose substantial fines and other penalties for 
violations of laws and regulations.  

The following description summarizes some of the laws to which the Company and the Bank are subject. References in this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries thereof, do not purport to be complete, and 
are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.  

The Company  

The Company is a financial holding company pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and a bank holding company registered 

under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). Accordingly, the Company is subject to supervision, 
regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  

5 

  
System (“Federal Reserve Board”). The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHCA and other federal laws subject financial and bank 
holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory 
requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.  

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends; Source of Strength. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding 
companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective 
earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank 
holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a 
source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.  

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to each of its 

banking subsidiaries and commit resources to their support. Such support may be required at times when, absent this Federal Reserve 
Board policy, a holding company may not be inclined to provide it. As discussed below, a bank holding company, in certain 
circumstances, could be required to guarantee the capital plan of an undercapitalized banking subsidiary.  

In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee will be deemed 

to have assumed and is required to cure immediately any deficit under any commitment by the debtor holding company to any of the 
federal banking agencies to maintain the capital of an insured depository institution. Any claim for breach of such obligation will 
generally have priority over most other unsecured claims.  

Scope of Permissible Activities. Under the BHCA, bank holding companies generally may not acquire a direct or indirect interest 

in or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company or from engaging in 
activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for its 
subsidiaries, except that it may engage in, directly or indirectly, certain activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be 
closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In approving acquisitions or the 
addition of activities, the Federal Reserve considers, among other things, whether the acquisition or the additional activities can 
reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, 
that outweigh such possible adverse effects as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest 
or unsound banking practices.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, eliminated the barriers to affiliations 

among banks, securities firms, insurance companies and other financial service providers and permits bank holding companies to 
become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities 
that are financial in nature. The Gramm-Leach- Bliley Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and 
market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; 
and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval will be required 
for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are 
financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board.  

A bank holding company may become a financial holding company by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board if 

each of its subsidiary banks is well capitalized under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act prompt-corrective-
action provisions, is well managed, and has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”). 
The Company became a financial holding company on April 18, 2000.  

6 

  
While the Federal Reserve Board is the “umbrella” regulator for financial holding companies and has the power to examine 
banking organizations engaged in new activities, regulation and supervision of activities which are financial in nature or determined 
to be incidental to such financial activities will be handled along functional lines. Accordingly, activities of subsidiaries of a financial 
holding company will be regulated by the agency or authorities with the most experience regulating that activity as it is conducted in a 
financial holding company.  

Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Bank holding companies are not permitted to engage in unsafe and unsound banking 
practices. The Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation Y, for example, generally requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve 
Board prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the 
consideration paid for any repurchases or redemptions in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated 
net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or 
unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. Depending upon the circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board could take 
the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice.  

The Federal Reserve Board has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking 
subsidiaries which represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or which constitute violations of laws or regulations, and can 
assess civil money penalties for certain activities conducted on a knowing and reckless basis, if those activities caused a substantial 
loss to a depository institution. The penalties can be as high as $1.0 million for each day the activity continues.  

Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, 

such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.  

Capital Adequacy Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a system using risk-based capital guidelines to 
evaluate the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, specific categories of assets are assigned different 
risk weights, based generally on the perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by corresponding asset 
balances to determine a “risk-weighted” asset base. The guidelines require a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted 
assets of 8.0% (of which at least 4.0% is required to consist of Tier 1 capital elements). Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 
capital. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets was 12.61% and its ratio of total 
capital to total risk-weighted assets was 13.86%. Risk-weighted assets exclude intangible assets such as goodwill and core deposit 
intangibles.  

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board uses a leverage ratio as an additional tool to evaluate 

the capital adequacy of bank holding companies. The leverage ratio is a company’s Tier 1 capital divided by its average total 
consolidated assets. Certain highly rated bank holding companies may maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, but other bank 
holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4.0%. As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s leverage ratio was 
6.47%.  

The federal banking agencies’ risk-based and leverage capital ratios are minimum supervisory ratios generally applicable to 
banking organizations that meet certain specified criteria. Banking organizations not meeting these criteria are expected to operate 
with capital positions well above the minimum ratios. The federal bank regulatory agencies may set capital requirements for a 
particular banking organization that are higher than the minimum ratios when circumstances warrant. Federal Reserve Board 
guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain 
strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.  

On September 3, 2009, the United States Treasury Department issued a policy statement (the “Treasury Policy Statement”) 
entitled “Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms.” The Treasury Policy 
Statement was developed in consultation with federal banking regulatory agencies and contemplates changes to the existing 
regulatory capital regime and affects all regulated  

7 

  
banking organizations and other systemically important institutions. The Treasury Policy Statement calls for, among other things, 
higher and stronger capital requirements for all banking firms. The Treasury Policy Statement suggested that changes to the 
regulatory capital framework be phased in over a period of several years. The recommended schedule provides for a comprehensive 
international agreement by December 31, 2010, with the implementation of reforms by December 31, 2012, although it does remain 
possible that federal banking regulatory agencies could officially adopt, or informally implement, new capital standards at an earlier 
date.  

On December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued a set of proposals (the “Capital Proposals”) that 
would significantly revise the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, with the most significant changes being to Tier 1 capital. 
Most notably, the Capital Proposals would disqualify certain structured capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from 
Tier 1 capital status. The Capital Proposals would also re-emphasize that common equity is the predominant component of Tier 1 
capital by adding a minimum common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio and requiring that goodwill, general intangibles and certain 
other items that currently must be deducted from Tier 1 capital instead be deducted from common equity as a component of Tier 1 
capital. The Capital Proposals also leave open the possibility that the committee will recommend changes to the minimum Tier 1 
capital and total capital ratios of 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively.  

Concurrently with the release of the Capital Proposals, the committee also released a set of proposals related to liquidity risk 

exposure (the “Liquidity Proposals”). The Liquidity Proposals have three key elements, including the implementation of (i) a 
“liquidity coverage ratio” designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets sufficient 
to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario, (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” 
designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon, and 
(iii) a set of monitoring tools that the committee indicates should be considered as the minimum types of information that banks 
should report to supervisors and that supervisors should use in monitoring the liquidity risk profiles of supervised entities.  

Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries. Bank regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” to 

resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions whose capital declines below certain levels. In the event an 
institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by 
the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the 
capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount. Any such guarantee from a depository institution’s holding company is 
entitled to a priority of payment in bankruptcy.  

The aggregate liability of the holding company of an undercapitalized bank is limited to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s 
assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to cause the institution to be “adequately capitalized.” The bank 
regulators have greater power in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to 
submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior 
Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed dividends, or might be required to consent to a consolidation or to divest the troubled 
institution or other affiliates.  

Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the 

Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting 
shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such 
bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve Board is required to consider, among other 
things, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the 
convenience and needs of the communities to be served and various competitive factors.  

8 

  
Control Acquisitions. The Change in Bank Control Act (“CBCA”) prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring 

“control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. 
Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve Board, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of 
a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such as the Company, would, 
under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the Company.  

In addition, the CBCA prohibits any entity from acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquiror that is a bank holding company) 

or more of a bank holding company’s or bank’s voting securities, or otherwise obtaining control or a controlling influence over a bank 
holding company or bank without the approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In most circumstances, an entity that owns 25% or more 
of the voting securities of a banking organization owns enough of the capital resources to have a controlling influence over such 
banking organization for purposes of the CBCA. On September 22, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board issued a policy statement on 
equity investments in bank holding companies and banks, which allows the Federal Reserve Board to generally be able to conclude 
that an entity’s investment is not “controlling” if the entity does not own in excess of 15% of the voting power and 33% of the total 
equity of the bank holding company or bank. Depending on the nature of the overall investment and the capital structure of the 
banking organization, the Federal Reserve Board will permit, based on the policy statement, noncontrolling investments in the form 
of voting and nonvoting shares that represent in the aggregate (i) less than one-third of the total equity of the banking organization 
(and less than one-third of any class of voting securities, assuming conversion of all convertible nonvoting securities held by the 
entity) and (ii) less than 15% of any class of voting securities of the banking organization.  

The Bank  

The Bank is a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the DIF of the FDIC. The Bank is not a 

member of the Federal Reserve System; therefore, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by the FDIC and the Texas 
Banking Department. Such supervision and regulation subject the Bank to special restrictions, requirements, potential enforcement 
actions and periodic examination by the FDIC and the Texas Banking Department. Because the Federal Reserve Board regulates the 
Company, the Federal Reserve Board also has supervisory authority which directly affects the Bank.  

Equivalence to National Bank Powers. The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered bank has 
the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws and 
regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than national banks, the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) has operated to limit this authority. FDICIA provides that no state bank 
or subsidiary thereof may engage as principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with 
applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the DIF. In general, statutory 
restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at protecting the safety and soundness of depository institutions.  

Financial Modernization. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a national bank may establish a financial subsidiary and engage, 
subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting as principal, insurance 
company portfolio investment, real estate development, real estate investment, annuity issuance and merchant banking activities. To 
do so, a bank must be well capitalized, well managed and have a CRA rating of satisfactory or better. Subsidiary banks of a financial 
holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to 
engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions, which could include divestiture of the 
financial in nature subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is 
engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has 
a CRA rating of satisfactory of better.  

9 

  
Although the powers of state chartered banks are not specifically addressed in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Texas-chartered 
banks such as the Bank, will have the same if not greater powers as national banks through the parity provision contained in the Texas 
Constitution.  

Branching. Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the branch is 

approved in advance by the Texas Banking Department. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number 
of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and 
consistency with corporate powers.  

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Transactions between the Bank and its nonbanking affiliates, including 

the Company, are subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. In general, Section 23A imposes limits on the amount of such 
transactions, and also requires certain levels of collateral for loans to affiliated parties. It also limits the amount of advances to third 
parties which are collateralized by the securities or obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries.  

Affiliate transactions are also subject to Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which generally requires that certain 
transactions between the Bank and its affiliates be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those 
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. The Federal Reserve has also issued 
Regulation W which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretive guidance with 
respect to affiliate transactions.  

The restrictions on loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred 
to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all insured institutions and their subsidiaries 
and holding companies. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such a loan 
can be made. There is also an aggregate limitation on all loans to insiders and their related interests. These loans cannot exceed the 
institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus, and the FDIC may determine that a lesser amount is appropriate. Insiders are subject 
to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions.  

Restrictions on Distribution of Subsidiary Bank Dividends and Assets. Dividends paid by the Bank have provided a substantial 

part of the Company’s operating funds and for the foreseeable future it is anticipated that dividends paid by the Bank to the Company 
will continue to be the Company’s principal source of operating funds. Capital adequacy requirements serve to limit the amount of 
dividends that may be paid by the Bank. Under federal law, the Bank cannot pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank 
will be “undercapitalized.” The FDIC may declare a dividend payment to be unsafe and unsound even though the Bank would 
continue to meet its capital requirements after the dividend. Because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its 
subsidiaries, its right to participate in the distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization 
will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event of a liquidation or other resolution of an insured 
depository institution, the claims of depositors and other general or subordinated creditors are entitled to a priority of payment over 
the claims of holders of any obligation of the institution to its shareholders, including any depository institution holding company 
(such as the Company) or any shareholder or creditor thereof.  

Examinations. The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates state member banks. Based on such an evaluation, the FDIC may 

revalue the assets of the institution and require that it establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the FDIC-
determined value and the book value of such assets. The Texas Banking Department also conducts examinations of state banks but 
may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent examination. In addition, the FDIC and Texas 
Banking Department may elect to conduct a joint examination.  

Audit Reports. Insured institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must submit annual audit reports prepared by 

independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the  

10 

  
institution’s holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive examination reports, supervisory 
agreements and reports of enforcement actions. For institutions with total assets of $1 billion or more, financial statements prepared in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management’s certifications concerning responsibility for the financial 
statements, internal controls and compliance with legal requirements designated by the FDIC, and an attestation by the auditor 
regarding the statements of management relating to the internal controls must be submitted. For institutions with total assets of more 
than $3 billion, independent auditors may be required to review quarterly financial statements. FDICIA requires that independent 
audit committees be formed, consisting of outside directors only. The committees of such institutions must include members with 
experience in banking or financial management, must have access to outside counsel, and must not include representatives of large 
customers.  

Capital Adequacy Requirements. The FDIC has adopted regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital 

adequacy of insured institutions. The FDIC may establish higher minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has previously 
received special attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk.  

The FDIC’s risk-based capital guidelines generally require state banks to have a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-

weighted assets of 4.0% and a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. The capital categories have the same 
definitions for the Bank as for the Company. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets 
was 12.30% and its ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets was 13.55%.  

The FDIC’s leverage guidelines require state banks to maintain Tier 1 capital of no less than 4.0% of average total assets, except 
in the case of certain highly rated banks for which the requirement is 3.0% of average total assets. The Texas Banking Department has 
issued a policy which generally requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio (defined in accordance with federal capital 
guidelines) of 5.0%. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio) was 6.31%.  

Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies. The federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” 

with respect to capital-deficient institutions. Agency regulations define, for each capital category, the levels at which institutions are 
“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “under capitalized,” “significantly under capitalized” and “critically under capitalized.” 
A “well-capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or higher; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or higher; a 
leverage ratio of 5.0% or higher; and is not subject to any written agreement, order or directive requiring it to maintain a specific 
capital level for any capital measure. An “adequately capitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or higher; a Tier 1 
risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or higher; a leverage ratio of 4.0% or higher (3.0% or higher if the bank was rated a composite 1 in its 
most recent examination report and is not experiencing significant growth); and does not meet the criteria for a well capitalized bank. 
A bank is “under capitalized” if it fails to meet any one of the ratios required to be adequately capitalized. The Bank is classified as 
“well-capitalized” for purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations.  

In addition to requiring undercapitalized institutions to submit a capital restoration plan, agency regulations contain broad 
restrictions on certain activities of undercapitalized institutions including asset growth, acquisitions, branch establishment and 
expansion into new lines of business. With certain exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital 
distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management fees to control persons if the institution would be 
undercapitalized after any such distribution or payment.  

As an institution’s capital decreases, the FDIC’s enforcement powers become more severe. A significantly undercapitalized 

institution is subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates paid and transactions with affiliates, removal 
of management and other restrictions. The FDIC has only very limited discretion in dealing with a critically undercapitalized 
institution and is virtually required to appoint a receiver or conservator.  

11 

  
Banks with risk-based capital and leverage ratios below the required minimums may also be subject to certain administrative 
actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a 
hearing in the event the institution has no tangible capital.  

Deposit Insurance Assessments. Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the 

FDIC and the Bank must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC for such deposit insurance protection.  

The FDIC maintains the DIF by designating a reserve ratio between a range of 1.15% to 1.50%. If the reserve ratio falls below 
1.15%, the FDIC must adopt a restoration plan that provides that the DIF will return to 1.15% generally within 5 years. If the reserve 
ratio equals or exceeds 1.35%, the FDIC must determine whether to declare a dividend to DIF members. Generally and unless 
otherwise determined by the FDIC, if the reserve ratio equals or exceeds 1.35% the FDIC declares a dividend equal to 50% of the 
amount in excess of the amount required to maintain the reserve ratio at 1.35% and when the reserve ratio exceeds 1.50% the FDIC 
declares a dividend equal to the amount in excess of the amount required to maintain the reserve ration at 1.50%. The designated 
reserve ratio is currently set at 1.25%. The FDIC has the discretion to price deposit insurance according to the risk for all insured 
institutions regardless of the level of the reserve ratio.  

The DIF reserve ratio is maintained by assessing depository institutions an insurance premium based upon statutory factors that 

include the balance of insured deposits as well as the degree of risk the institution poses to the insurance fund. Under a risk-based 
assessment system required by the FDICIA, FDIC-insured depository institutions pay quarterly insurance premiums at rates based on 
their risk classification. Institutions assigned to higher-risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a greater risk of loss to their 
respective deposit insurance funds) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk 
classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to regulators. An 
institution’s risk assignment includes assignment to Risk Category I, II, III, or IV.  

On January 1, 2009, the FDIC increased the DIF assessment rates as part of the FDIC’s DIF restoration plan. Effective April 1, 

2009, total base assessment rates range from 7 to 24 basis points for Risk Category I institutions, 17 to 43 basis points for Risk 
Category II institutions, 27 to 58 basis points for Risk Category III institutions, and 40 to 77.5 basis points for Risk Category IV 
institutions. Assessments are paid quarterly by all institutions and are based upon the assessment base that an institution reports at the 
end of that quarter. Risk assessments remain in effect for future assessment periods until changed by the FDIC.  

In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions 

totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of 
domestic deposits. The special assessment was paid September 30, 2009 and was part of the FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF. The 
Company’s deposit insurance expense during 2009 included approximately $4.2 million recognized in the second quarter related to 
the special assessment.  

In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay 
their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 
2009. The assessment was calculated by taking the institution’s actual September 30, 2009 assessment base and increasing it quarterly 
by an estimated 5% annual growth rate through the end of 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three basis point increase in 
assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. Under GAAP accounting rules, the prepaid assessments would not immediately affect 
a bank’s earnings. Each institution records the entire amount of the prepaid assessment as a prepaid expense, an asset on its balance 
sheet, as of December 30, 2009, the date the payment was made. As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, each 
institution records an expense for its quarterly assessment invoiced on its quarterly statement and an offsetting credit to the prepaid 
assessment until the asset is exhausted. The FDIC would also have the authority to exercise its discretion as supervisor and insurer to 
exempt an institution from the prepayment requirement if the FDIC determines that the prepayment would significantly impair the 
institution’s liquidity or would otherwise create significant hardship.  

12 

  
In December 2009, the Company paid $35.6 million in prepaid risk-based assessments, which included $2.2 million related to 

the fourth quarter of 2009 that would have otherwise been payable in the first quarter of 2010. The $2.2 million is included as a 
noninterest expense under regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance for 2009. The remaining balance of pre-paid assessments is 
included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009.  

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. In November 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating 

to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”). Under the TLG Program, the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the 
earlier of maturity or December 31, 2012 (extended from June 30, 2012 by subsequent amendment), certain newly issued senior 
unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before October 31, 2009 (extended from June 30, 
2009 by subsequent amendment) and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit 
accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers 
Trust Accounts held at participating FDIC insured institutions through June 30, 2010 (extended from December 31, 2009, subject to 
an opt-out provision, by subsequent amendment). The Company elected to participate in both guarantee programs and did not opt out 
of the six-month extension of the transaction account guarantee program. The Company does not intend to issue any senior unsecured 
dept under the TLG Program. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee 
assessment for deposit insurance coverage was 10 basis points per quarter during 2009 on amounts in covered accounts exceeding 
$250,000. During the six-month extension period in 2010, the fee assessment increases to 15 basis points per quarter for institutions 
that are in Risk Category 1 of the risk-based premium system.  

Brokered Deposit Restrictions. Adequately capitalized institutions cannot accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits except 
with a waiver from the FDIC, and are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on any deposits. Undercapitalized 
institutions may not accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits.  

Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations. The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have 

promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides 
that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and 
other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential 
properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s 
commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner occupied loans are excluded from 
this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the 
following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of 
underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased 
capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.  

Cross-Guarantee Provisions. The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) contains 
a “cross-guarantee” provision which generally makes commonly controlled insured depository institutions liable to the FDIC for any 
losses incurred in connection with the failure of a commonly controlled depository institution.  

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the 

credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of 
the banks. These regulations also provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when 
considering applications to establish branches, merger applications and applications to acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of 
another bank. FIRREA requires federal banking agencies to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the CRA. In the case 
of a bank holding company, the CRA performance record of the banks involved in the transaction are reviewed in connection with the 
filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding 
company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction.  

13 

  
Consumer Laws and Regulations. In addition to the laws and regulations discussed herein, the Bank is also subject to certain 
consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth herein is not 
exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, 
the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and the Fair Housing Act, among others. These laws and 
regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers 
when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer 
protection laws and regulations as part of their ongoing customer relations.  

Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Legislation. Congress enacted the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”) to require 
financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank, to maintain certain records and to report certain transactions to prevent 
such institutions from being used to hide money derived from criminal activity and tax evasion. The BSA establishes, among other 
things, (i) record keeping requirements to assist government enforcement agencies in tracing financial transactions and flow of funds; 
(ii) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity Reports and Currency Transaction Reports to assist government enforcement 
agencies in detecting patterns of criminal activity; (iii) enforcement provisions authorizing criminal and civil penalties for illegal 
activities and violations of the BSA and its implementing regulations; and (iv) safe harbor provisions that protect financial institutions 
from civil liability for their cooperative efforts.  

Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 

Terrorism Act of 2001 (“Patriot Act”) enacted in October 2001 amended the BSA and incorporates anti-terrorist financing provisions 
into the requirements of the BSA and its implementing regulations. Among other things, the Patriot Act requires all financial 
institutions, including the Company and the Bank, to institute and maintain a risk-based anti-money laundering compliance program 
that (i) includes a customer identification program, (ii) provides for information sharing with law enforcement and between certain 
financial institutions by means of an exemption from the privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, (iii) prohibits U.S. 
banks and broker-dealers from maintaining accounts with foreign “shell” banks, (iv) establishes due diligence and enhanced due 
diligence requirements for certain foreign correspondent banking and foreign private banking accounts and (v) imposes additional 
record keeping requirements for certain correspondent banking arrangements. The Patriot Act also grants broad authority to the 
Secretary of the Treasury to take actions to combat money laundering, and federal bank regulators are required to evaluate the 
effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve any application submitted by a 
financial institution. The Company and the Bank have adopted policies, procedures and controls designed to comply with the BSA 
and the Patriot Act.  

The Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) administers and enforces economic and trade 

sanctions against targeted foreign countries, entities and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a 
result, financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank, must scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent 
obligations of, or ownership interests in, entities owned or controlled by sanctioned targets. In addition, the Company and the Bank 
restrict transactions with certain targeted countries except as permitted by OFAC.  

Privacy. In addition to expanding the activities in which banks and bank holding companies may engage, the Gramm-Leach-

Bliley Act also imposed new requirements on financial institutions with respect to customer privacy. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act 
generally prohibits disclosure of customer information to non-affiliated third parties unless the customer has been given the 
opportunity to object and has not objected to such disclosure. Financial institutions are further required to disclose their privacy 
policies to customers annually. Financial institutions, however, will be required to comply with state law if it is more protective of 
customer privacy than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.  

14 

  
Legislative Initiatives  

In light of current conditions and the market outlook for continuing weak economic conditions, regulators have increased their 

focus on the regulation of financial institutions. A number of government initiatives, including those described below, designed to 
respond to the current conditions have been introduced recently and proposals for legislation that could substantially intensify the 
regulation of financial institutions are expected to be introduced in Congress and state legislatures. Such initiatives may change 
banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. The Company 
cannot determine the ultimate effect that any potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing regulations with respect thereto, would 
have, upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company or the Bank. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory 
policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or 
business of the Company and the Bank.  

Regulatory Reform. In June 2009, the U.S. President’s administration proposed a wide range of regulatory reforms that, if 
enacted, may have significant effects on the financial services industry in the United States. Significant aspects of the administration’s 
proposals that may affect the Company included, among other things, proposals: (i) to reassess and increase capital requirements for 
banks and bank holding companies and examine the types of instruments that qualify as regulatory capital; (ii) to expand the current 
eligibility requirements for financial holding companies such as the Company so that the financial holding company must be “well 
capitalized” and “well managed” on a consolidated basis; (iii) to create a federal consumer financial protection agency to be the 
primary federal consumer protection supervisor with broad examination, supervision and enforcement authority with respect to 
consumer financial products and services; and (iv) to further limit the ability of banks to engage transactions with affiliates.  

Separate comprehensive financial reform bills intended to address the proposals set forth by the administration were introduced 

in both houses of Congress in the second half of 2009 and remain under review by both the U.S. House of Representatives and the 
U.S. Senate. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form further legislation or regulations may be adopted or the extent to 
which the Company may be affected thereby.  

Incentive Compensation. On October 22, 2009, the Federal Reserve issued a comprehensive proposal on incentive compensation 

policies (the “Incentive Compensation Proposal”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking 
organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive 
Compensation Proposal, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either 
individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements 
should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage 
risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, 
including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. Banking organizations are instructed to begin an 
immediate review of their incentive compensation policies to ensure that they do not encourage excessive risk-taking and implement 
corrective programs as needed. Where there are deficiencies in the incentive compensation arrangements, they must be immediately 
addressed. The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation 
arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews 
will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive 
compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will 
be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take 
other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related 
risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not 
taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.  

15 

  
The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and are 

likely to continue evolving in the near future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will 
adversely affect the Company’s ability to hire, retain and motivate its key employees.  

Enforcement Powers of Federal and State Banking Agencies  

The federal banking agencies have broad enforcement powers, including the power to terminate deposit insurance, impose 
substantial fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and appoint a conservator or receiver. Failure to comply with applicable laws, 
regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject the Company or the Bank and their subsidiaries, as well as officers, directors, 
and other institution-affiliated parties of these organizations, to administrative sanctions and potentially substantial civil money 
penalties. In addition to the grounds discussed above under “—The Bank—Corrective Measures for Capital Deficiencies,” the 
appropriate federal banking agency may appoint the FDIC as conservator or receiver for a banking institution (or the FDIC may 
appoint itself, under certain circumstances) if any one or more of a number of circumstances exist, including, without limitation, the 
fact that the banking institution is undercapitalized and has no reasonable prospect of becoming adequately capitalized; fails to 
become adequately capitalized when required to do so; fails to submit a timely and acceptable capital restoration plan; or materially 
fails to implement an accepted capital restoration plan. The Texas Department of Banking also has broad enforcement powers over 
the Bank, including the power to impose orders, remove officers and directors, impose fines and appoint supervisors and 
conservators.  

Effect on Economic Environment  

The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board, have a significant effect on 
the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve Board to 
affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank 
borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to 
influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on 
loans or paid for deposits.  

Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are 
expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the business and 
earnings of the Company and its subsidiaries cannot be predicted.  

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS  

An investment in the Company’s Common Stock involves risks. The following is a description of the material risks and 

uncertainties that the Company believes affect its business and an investment in the Common Stock. Additional risks and 
uncertainties that the Company is unaware of, or that it currently deems immaterial, also may become important factors that affect the 
Company and its business. If any of the risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were to occur, the Company’s financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the 
Common Stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.  

Risks Associated with the Company’s Business  
If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to maintain its historical earnings trends.  

To achieve its past levels of growth, the Company has initiated internal growth programs and completed a number of 

acquisitions. The Company may not be able to sustain its historical rate of growth or may not be able  

16 

  
to grow at all. In addition, the Company may not be able to obtain the financing necessary to fund additional growth and may not be 
able to find suitable candidates for acquisition. Various factors, such as economic conditions and competition, may impede or prohibit 
the opening of new banking centers. Further, the Company may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could 
adversely affect its internal growth. If the Company is not able to continue its historical levels of growth, it may not be able to 
maintain its historical earnings trends.  

If the Company is unable to manage its growth effectively, its operations could be negatively affected.  

Companies that experience rapid growth face various risks and difficulties, including:  
•

  finding suitable markets for expansion;  
  finding suitable candidates for acquisition;  
  attracting funding to support additional growth;  
  maintaining asset quality;  
  attracting and retaining qualified management; and  
  maintaining adequate regulatory capital.  

•

•

•

•

•

In addition, in order to manage its growth and maintain adequate information and reporting systems within its organization, the 

Company must identify, hire and retain additional qualified associates, particularly in the accounting and operational areas of its 
business.  

If the Company does not manage its growth effectively, its business, financial condition, results of operations and future 

prospects could be negatively affected, and the Company may not be able to continue to implement its business strategy and 
successfully conduct its operations.  

Difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected the banking industry and could adversely affect the 
Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

The Company is operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, including generally uncertain conditions 
nationally and locally in its markets. Financial institutions continue to be affected by declines in the real estate market that have 
negatively impacted the credit performance of 1-4 family residential, construction and land development and commercial real estate 
loans and resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions. Concerns over the stability of the financial 
markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other. The 
Company retains direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets, and it is affected by these events. Continued 
declines in real estate values, home sales volumes and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic 
environment, including job losses, could have an adverse affect on the Company’s borrowers or their customers, which could 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

The Company’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in its loan portfolio is 

made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions. The Company also expects to face increased regulation and 
government oversight as a result of these downward trends. This increased government action may increase the Company’s costs and 
limit its ability to pursue certain business opportunities. In addition, the Company may be required to pay even higher FDIC deposit 
insurance assessments than the recently increased level, because financial institution failures resulting from the depressed market 
conditions and other factors have depleted and may continue to deplete the DIF and reduce its ratio of reserves to insured deposits.  

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
A prolonged national economic recession or further deterioration of these conditions in the Company’s markets could drive 

losses beyond that which is provided for in its allowance for credit losses and result in the following consequences:  

•

•

•

•

  increases in loan delinquencies; 

  increases in nonperforming assets and foreclosures; 

  decreases in demand for the Company’s products and services, which could adversely affect its liquidity position; and 

  decreases in the value of the collateral securing the Company’s loans, especially real estate, which could reduce customers’ 
borrowing power.  

While economic conditions in the State of Texas and the U.S. are showing signs of recovery, there can be no assurance that 

these difficult conditions will continue to improve. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of 
these difficult economic conditions on the Company, its customers and the other financial institutions in its market. As a result, the 
Company may experience increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to 
funds.  

Liquidity risk could impair the Company’s ability to fund operations and jeopardize its financial condition.  

Liquidity is essential to the Company’s business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and 
other sources could have a substantial negative effect on its liquidity. The Company’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate 
to finance its activities or on terms which are acceptable to it could be impaired by factors that affect the Company specifically or the 
financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact the Company’s access to liquidity sources 
include a decrease in the level of its business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which its loans are concentrated or 
adverse regulatory action against it. The Company’s ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to it, such 
as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in 
light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.  

If the Company is unable to identify and acquire other financial institutions and successfully integrate its acquired businesses, its 
business and earnings may be negatively affected.  

The market for acquisitions remains highly competitive, and the Company may be unable to find acquisition candidates in the 

future that fit its acquisition and growth strategy. To the extent that the Company is unable to find suitable acquisition candidates, an 
important component of its growth strategy may be lost.  

Acquisitions of financial institutions involve operational risks and uncertainties and acquired companies may have unforeseen 

liabilities, exposure to asset quality problems, key employee and customer retention problems and other problems that could 
negatively affect the Company’s organization. The Company may not be able to complete future acquisitions and, if completed, the 
Company may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities that it acquires 
and eliminate redundancies. The integration process could result in the loss of key employees or disruption of the combined entity’s 
ongoing business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect the Company’s ability to 
maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction. The integration process 
may also require significant time and attention from the Company’s management that they would otherwise direct at servicing 
existing business and developing new business. The Company’s failure to successfully integrate the entities it acquires into its 
existing operations may increase its operating costs significantly and adversely affect its business and earnings.  

18 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
The Company’s dependence on loans secured by real estate subjects it to risks relating to fluctuations in the real estate market and 
related interest rates and legislation that could require additional capital and could adversely affect its financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows.  

Approximately 83.5% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2009 consisted of loans included in the real estate loan 
portfolio with 16.5% in construction and land development, 24.5% in residential real estate and 42.5% in commercial real estate. The 
real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may 
deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. A weakening of the real estate market in the Company’s primary market 
areas could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real 
estate and other collateral securing the loans and the value of real estate owned by the Company. If real estate values decline, it is also 
more likely that the Company would be required to increase its allowance for credit losses, which could adversely affect its financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $557.2 million or 16.5% of total loans in construction and land development loans. 

Construction loans are subject to risks during the construction phase that are not present in standard residential real estate and 
commercial real estate loans. These risks include:  

•

•

•

  the viability of the contractor; 

  the contractor’s ability to complete the project, to meet deadlines and time schedules and to stay within cost estimates; and 

  concentrations of such loans with a single contractor and its affiliates. 

Real estate construction loans also present risks of default in the event of declines in property values or volatility in the real 
estate market during the construction phase. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, it may not be able 
to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan, may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to 
hold the property for an indeterminate amount of time. If any of these risks were to occur, it could adversely affect the Company’s 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

The federal banking agencies have issued guidance regarding high concentrations of commercial real estate loans within bank 

loan portfolios. The guidance requires financial institutions that exceed certain levels of commercial real estate lending compared 
with their total capital to maintain heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and 
management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and 
monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of 
commercial real estate lending. If there is any deterioration in the Company’s commercial mortgage or construction and land 
development portfolios or if its regulators conclude that the Company has not implemented appropriate risk management practices, it 
could adversely affect the Company’s business and result in a requirement of increased capital levels, and such capital may not be 
available at that time.  

The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect its earnings and 
capital levels.  

The majority of the Company’s assets are monetary in nature and, as a result, the Company is subject to significant risk from 

changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can impact the Company’s net interest income as well as the valuation of its assets 
and liabilities. The Company’s earnings and cash flows are significantly dependent on its net interest income. Net interest income is 
the difference between the interest income earned on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest 
expense paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Therefore, any change in general market interest rates, 
such as a change in the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve Board or otherwise, can have a significant effect on the Company’s 
net interest income. The Company’s assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in overall market rates or conditions 
because there may be mismatches between the repricing or maturity characteristics of the assets and liabilities.  

19 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The Company’s profitability depends significantly on local economic conditions. 

The Company’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the primary markets in Texas in which it 

operates and where its loans are concentrated. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides 
banking and financial services to customers primarily in the greater Houston and Dallas metropolitan areas and in the east, central, 
north central, south central and southeast areas of Texas. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on 
the Company’s commercial, real estate and construction and land development loans, the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans 
and the value of the collateral securing these loans. In addition, if the population or income growth in the Company’s market areas is 
slower than projected, income levels, deposits and housing starts could be adversely affected and could result in a reduction of the 
Company’s expansion, growth and profitability. Although economic conditions in Texas have not deteriorated to the same extent as in 
other areas, such conditions could decline further. If the Company’s market areas experience a downturn or a recession for a 
prolonged period of time, the Company would likely experience significant increases in nonperforming loans, which could lead to 
operating losses, impaired liquidity and eroding capital. A significant decline in general economic conditions, caused by inflation, 
recession, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, unemployment or other factors could 
impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows.  

The Company’s allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover actual credit losses, which could adversely affect its 
earnings.  

As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that its loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of these 
loans and the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient to fully compensate the Company for the outstanding 
balance of the loan plus the costs to dispose of the collateral. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the 
collectibility of the Company’s loan portfolio, including the diversification by industry of its commercial loan portfolio, the amount of
nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of its loan portfolio, the effects on the loan portfolio 
of current economic indicators and their probable impact on borrowers and the evaluation of its loan portfolio through its internal loan 
review process and other relevant factors.  

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses in an attempt to cover estimated losses inherent in its loan portfolio. 

Additional credit losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than the Company has experienced to date. In 
determining the size of the allowance, the Company relies on an analysis of its loan portfolio, its historical loss experience and its 
evaluation of general economic conditions. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information 
regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Company’s 
control, may require an increase in the allowance for credit losses. If the Company’s assumptions prove to be incorrect or if it 
experiences significant loan losses in future periods, its current allowance may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses and 
adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions or adverse developments in its loan portfolio. A material 
addition to the allowance could cause net income and possibly, capital, to decrease.  

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s allowance for credit losses and may require the 

Company to increase its provision for credit losses or recognize further charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of the 
Company’s management. Any increase in the Company’s allowance for credit losses or charge-offs as required by these regulatory 
agencies could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition.  

20 

  
The small to medium-sized businesses that the Company lends to may have fewer resources to weather a downturn in the 
economy, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan to the Company that could materially harm the Company’s 
operating results.  

The Company targets its business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services 
needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market share than their 
competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may 
experience significant volatility in operating results. Any one or more of these factors may impair the borrower’s ability to repay a 
loan. In addition, the success of a small to medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two 
persons or a small group of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material 
adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay a loan. Economic downturns and other events that negatively impact the 
Company’s market areas could cause the Company to incur substantial credit losses that could negatively affect the Company’s 
results of operations and financial condition.  

If the goodwill that the Company recorded in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to 
earnings, which would have a negative impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

Goodwill represents the amount of acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets the Company acquired in the purchase of 
another financial institution. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset might be impaired.  

The Company determines impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying 
amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an 
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in the Company’s results of 
operations in the periods in which they become known. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s goodwill totaled $877.0 million. 
While the Company has not recorded any such impairment charges since it initially recorded the goodwill, there can be no assurance 
that the Company’s future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have 
a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

The Company may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit insurance assessments in the future.  

Recent insured depository institution failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions generally, have 
significantly increased the loss provisions of the FDIC, resulting in a decline in the designated reserve ratio of the FDIC to historical 
lows. The FDIC expects a higher rate of insured depository institution failures in the next few years compared to recent years; thus, 
the reserve ratio may continue to decline. In addition, the deposit insurance limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage generally has 
increased to $250,000 through December 31, 2013. These developments will cause the premiums assessed on the Company by the 
FDIC to increase and materially increase its noninterest expense.  

On January 1, 2009, the FDIC increased the DIF assessment rates as part of the FDIC’s DIF restoration plan. Effective April 1, 

2009, the assessment rate applicable to the Company increased to 7 to 24 basis points per $100 of deposits. In May 2009, the FDIC 
issued a final rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each 
institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The Company paid 
a special assessment of $4.2 million on September 30, 2009.  

In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay 
their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 
2009. The assessment was calculated by taking the institution’s actual September 30, 2009 assessment base and adjusting it quarterly 
by an estimated 5% annual growth rate through  

21 

  
the end of 2012. Under GAAP accounting rules, the prepaid assessments would not immediately affect a bank’s earnings. Each 
institution records the entire amount of the prepaid assessment as a prepaid expense, an asset on its balance sheet, as of December 30, 
2009, the date the payment was made. As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, each institution records an expense for 
its quarterly assessment invoiced on its quarterly statement and an offsetting credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset is 
exhausted. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011.  

These higher FDIC assessment rates will have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations. For the year ended 
December 31, 2009, the Company’s FDIC insurance related costs were $13.7 million compared with $1.8 million and $1.0 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company is unable to predict the impact in future periods, including 
whether and when additional special assessments may occur.  

The Company may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.  

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Company 
has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial 
services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these 
transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit 
risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to 
recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.  
The Company may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide it with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to 

meet its commitments and business needs. In addition, the Company may elect to raise additional capital to support its business or to 
finance acquisitions, if any. The Company’s ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, 
conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of its control, and its financial performance. The ongoing liquidity 
crisis and the loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase the Company’s cost of funding and limit its access to some of 
its customary sources of capital, including, but not limited to, inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the 
discount window of the Federal Reserve.  

The Company cannot assure you that such capital will be available to it on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may 

limit its access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of investors, depositors of the Banks or counterparties 
participating in the capital markets, may adversely affect the Company’s capital costs and its ability to raise capital and, in turn, its 
liquidity. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  

An interruption in or breach in security of the Company’s information systems may result in a loss of customer business and have 
an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.  

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or 

breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, 
general ledger, deposits, servicing or loan origination systems. Although the Company has policies and procedures designed to 
prevent or minimize the effect of a failure, interruption or breach in security of its communications or information systems, there can 
be no assurance that any such failures,  

22 

  
interruptions or security breaches will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed by the Company. The 
occurrence of any such failures, interruptions or security breaches could result in a loss of customer business and have a negative 
effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.  

The business of the Company is dependent on technology and the Company’s inability to invest in technological improvements 
may adversely affect its results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.  

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven 

products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables 
financial institutions to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends in part upon its ability to address the needs of its 
customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create 
additional efficiencies in its operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in 
technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or 
be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers, which may negatively affect the Company’s results of 
operations, financial condition and cash flows.  

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment and, as a result, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision; and 
changes in federal, state and local laws and regulations could adversely affect its financial performance.  

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are 

primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not the 
Company’s shareholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend 
policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and 
policies for possible changes. Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on 
the Company, the Bank and their respective operations. The current administration has proposed major changes to the banking and 
financial institutions regulatory regimes in the near future in light of the recent performance of and government intervention in the 
financial services sector and legislation to implement these changes is pending in the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. 
Senate. These proposed reforms and additional legislation and regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation 
or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could significantly affect the Company’s powers, authority and operations, or 
the powers, authority and operations of the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. Further, regulators have significant discretion 
and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the 
performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise of this regulatory discretion and power could have a negative 
impact on the Company. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil 
money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.  

The Company is subject to losses resulting from fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, correspondents or 
other third parties.  

The Company relies heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit 

applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in 
deciding which loans the Company will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which the 
Company relies is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to asset 
funding, the value of the asset may be significantly lower than expected, or the Company may fund a loan that it would not have 
funded or on terms it would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, the 
Company generally bears the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material  

23 

  
misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources 
of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the monetary losses the Company may 
suffer.  

Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock  
The Company’s corporate organizational documents and the provisions of Texas law to which it is subject may delay or prevent a 
change in control of the Company that you may favor.  

The Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain various provisions 
which may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control of the Company. These provisions include:  

•

•

•

•

  a board of directors classified into three classes of directors with the directors of each class having staggered three-year 
terms;  
  a provision that any special meeting of the Company’s shareholders may be called only by the chairman of the board and 
chief executive officer, the president, a majority of the board of directors or the holders of at least 50% of the Company’s 
shares entitled to vote at the meeting;  
  a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors and for 
shareholder proposals to be considered at an annual or special meeting of shareholders; and  
  a provision that denies shareholders the right to amend the Company’s bylaws. 

The Company’s articles of incorporation provide for noncumulative voting for directors and authorize the board of directors to 

issue shares of its preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the board of directors may determine. The 
issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of 
discouraging a third party from acquiring, a controlling interest in the Company. In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, 
including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, 
may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control of the Company.  

The holders of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures have rights that are senior to those of the Company’s shareholders. 

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $92.3 million in junior subordinated debentures outstanding that were issued to the 

Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts. The subsidiary trusts purchased the junior subordinated debentures from the Company 
using the proceeds from the sale of trust preferred securities to third party investors. Payments of the principal and interest on the trust 
preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by the Company to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided the trust has 
funds available for such obligations.  

The junior subordinated debentures are senior to the Company’s shares of Common Stock. As a result, the Company must make 

interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) before any dividends can be paid 
on its Common Stock; and, in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the holders of the debentures must 
be satisfied before any distributions can be made to the holders of the Common Stock. Additionally, the Company has the right to 
defer periodic distributions on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, 
during which time the Company would be prohibited from paying dividends on its Common Stock. The Company’s ability to pay the 
future distributions depends upon the earnings of the Bank and dividends from the Bank to the Company, which may be inadequate to 
service the obligations.  

24 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None.  

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company conducted business at one hundred fifty-eight (158) full-service banking centers. The 

Company’s headquarters are located at Prosperity Bank Plaza, 4295 San Felipe, in the Galleria area in Houston, Texas. The Company 
also owns or leases other facilities in which its banking centers are located as listed below by geographical market area. The 
expiration dates of the leases range from 2010 to 2015 and do not include renewal periods which may be available at the Company’s 
option.  

The following table sets forth specific information regarding the banking centers located in each of the Company’s geographical 

market areas at December 31, 2009:  

Geographical Area

Number of 
Banking Centers  

Number of 
Leased Banking Centers  

Bryan/College Station 
Houston area 
Central Texas area 
Dallas/Fort Worth Texas area 
East Texas area 
South Texas area including Corpus Christi

Total 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

9  
51  
27  
24  
20  
27  
158  

—    
16  
8  
5  
—    
5  
34  

Deposits at 
December 31, 2009
(Dollars in 
thousands)

$

$

468,569
3,502,400
822,997
893,965
656,250
914,369
7,258,550

The Company and the Bank are defendants, from time to time, in legal actions arising from transactions conducted in the 
ordinary course of business. The Company and Bank believe, after consultations with legal counsel, that the ultimate liability, if any, 
arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on their financial statements.  

ITEM 4. [RESERVED]  

25 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
PART II. 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Common Stock Market Prices  

The Company’s Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PRSP.” As of February 24, 

2010, there were 46,546,576 shares outstanding and 2,049 shareholders of record. The number of beneficial owners is unknown to the 
Company at this time.  

The following table presents the high and low intra-day sales prices for the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ during the 

two years ended December 31, 2009:  

2009
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

2008
Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Dividends  

High   
$41.18  
  37.36  
  31.23  
  30.00  

High   
$36.98  
  46.48  
  32.29  
  31.46  

Low
$33.62
  28.13
  26.20
  20.04

Low
$25.08
  23.32
  25.37
  21.96

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors out 
of funds legally available therefor. While the Company has declared dividends on its Common Stock since 1994, and paid quarterly 
dividends aggregating $0.5675 per share in 2009 and $0.5125 share in 2008, there is no assurance that the Company will continue to 
pay dividends in the future. Future dividends on the Common Stock will depend upon the Company’s earnings and financial 
condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Company’s ability to service any 
equity or debt obligations senior to the Common Stock and other factors deemed relevant by the board of directors of the Company.  

As a holding company, the Company is ultimately dependent upon its subsidiaries to provide funding for its operating expenses, 
debt service and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends and other distributions by the 
Bank to the Company, and may therefore limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its Common Stock. If required payments on 
the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures held by its unconsolidated subsidiary trusts are not made or suspended, the 
Company will be prohibited from paying dividends on its Common Stock. Regulatory authorities could impose administratively 
stricter limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company if such limits were deemed appropriate to preserve 
certain capital adequacy requirements.  

The cash dividends declared per share by quarter (and paid on the first business day of the subsequent quarter) for the 

Company’s last two fiscal years were as follows:  

Fourth quarter 
Third quarter 
Second quarter 
First quarter 

2009
$0.1550  
  0.1375  
  0.1375  
  0.1375  

2008
$0.1375
  0.1250
  0.1250
  0.1250

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding stock options granted under three stock option plans, all of which were 

approved by the Company’s shareholders. As of such date, the Company also had outstanding stock options granted under stock 
option plans that it assumed in connection with various acquisition transactions. The following table provides information as of 
December 31, 2009 regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans under which the Company’s equity securities are authorized 
for issuance:  

Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved 

by security holders 

Total 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)

855,578

(1)

—    
855,578  

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options,
warrants and rights 
(b)

$

$

25.88  

—    
25.88  

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in
column (a)) 
(c)

602,909

—  
602,909

(1)

Includes (a) 760 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection with 
the acquisition of Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $11.50, (b) 8,957 shares which may be 
issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of First Capital 
Bankers, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $9.10 (c) 20,904 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options 
outstanding assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of SNB Bancshares, Inc. at a weighted average exercise 
price of $15.54 and (d) 18,500 shares which may be issued upon exercise of options outstanding assumed by the Company in 
connection with the acquisition Texas United Bancshares, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price of $18.70. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers  

None.  

27 

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Performance Graph  

The following Performance Graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s Common Stock for the 

period beginning at the close of trading on December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2009, with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 
Total Return Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index for the same period. Dividend reinvestment has been assumed. The Performance 
Graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2004 in the Company’s Common Stock, the S&P 500 Total Return Index and the 
Nasdaq Bank Index. The historical stock price performance for the Company’s Common Stock shown on the graph below is not 
necessarily indicative of future stock performance.  

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return  
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., the S&P 500 Index  
And the Nasdaq Bank Index  

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.   
®

Index 
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.
S&P 500 
NASDAQ Bank 

® 

Source : SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA 
 2010 
©

Period Ending
   12/31/04    12/31/05    12/31/06    12/31/07    12/31/08    12/31/09
149.32
102.11
51.31

104.61  
128.16  
82.76  

100.00  
100.00  
100.00  

121.11  
121.48  
106.20  

99.60  
104.91  
95.67  

107.18  
80.74  
62.96  

28 

(434) 977-1600
www.snl.com

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM

6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five-year 

period ended December 31, 2009 is derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Income Statement Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income after provision for 

credit losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 

Income before taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income 
Per Share Data: 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 
Book value per share 
Cash dividends declared 
Dividend payout ratio 
Weighted average shares outstanding (basic) (in 

thousands) 

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted) (in 

thousands) 

Shares outstanding at end of period (in 

thousands) 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end): 
Total assets 
Securities 
Loans 
Allowance for credit losses 
Total goodwill and intangibles 
Other real estate owned 
Total deposits 
Borrowings and notes payable 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Average Balance Sheet Data: 
Total assets 
Securities 
Loans 
Allowance for credit losses 
Total goodwill and intangibles 
Total deposits 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Total shareholders’ equity 

2009

$ 409,614  
102,513  
307,101  
28,775  

278,326  
60,097  
169,700  
168,723  
56,844  
$ 111,879  

$

2.42  
2.41  
29.03  
0.57  
23.45%  

2008

(1)

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
2006
2007
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

2005

$ 347,878  
120,149  
227,729  
9,867  

$ 340,608  
140,173  
200,435  
760  

$ 231,739  
93,594  
138,145  
504  

$ 162,123  
51,226  
110,897  
480  

217,862  
52,370  
143,796  
126,436  
41,929  
84,507
(2)

(2)

1.87
1.86
(2)
27.24  
0.51  
27.66%  

$

$

199,675  
52,923  
126,843  
125,755  
41,604  
84,151
(2)

(2)

1.96
1.94
(2)
25.51  
0.46  
24.15%  

$

$

$

$

137,641  
33,982  
77,669  
93,954  
32,229  
61,725  

1.96  
1.94  
20.26  
0.41  
21.10%  

110,417  
30,021  
68,957  
71,481  
23,621  
47,860  

1.79  
1.77  
16.69  
0.35  
20.11% 

$

$

46,177  

45,300  

42,928  

31,491  

26,706  

46,354  

45,479  

43,310  

31,893  

27,024  

46,541  

46,080  

44,188  

32,793  

27,821  

$8,850,400  
  4,118,290  
  3,376,703  
51,863  
912,372  
7,829  
  7,258,550  
98,736  
92,265
(3)
  1,351,245  

$8,851,694  
  4,052,989  
  3,455,761  
42,279  
914,384  
  7,212,015  
92,265  
  1,304,749  

$9,072,364  
4,160,401  
  3,567,057  
36,970  
912,850  
4,450  
7,303,297  
325,412  
92,265  
  1,255,106  

$7,025,418  
  2,409,758  
3,250,447  
33,004  
842,580  
5,471,441  
99,998  
1,192,293  

$6,372,343  
1,857,606  
  3,142,971  
32,543  
799,978  
10,207  
4,966,407  
116,047  
112,885  
  1,127,431  

$6,094,064  
  1,849,613  
3,092,797  
34,705  
759,733  
4,727,519  
124,613  
1,039,955  

$4,586,769  
  1,590,303  
  2,176,507  
23,990  
447,371  
140  
  3,725,678  
73,633  
100,519  
664,411  

$4,283,795  
  1,612,221  
  2,037,379  
22,476  
406,920  
  3,449,100  
92,271  
602,712  

$3,585,982  
  1,572,602  
  1,542,125  
17,203  
284,425  
239  
  2,920,318  
102,389  
75,775  
464,717  

$3,361,617  
  1,471,067  
  1,435,376  
16,334  
253,703  
  2,791,813  
69,869  
413,864  

(Table continued on next page)  

29 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Net interest margin (tax equivalent) 
Efficiency ratio  
(6)
Asset Quality Ratios : 
Nonperforming assets to total loans and 

(7)

other real estate 

Net charge-offs to average loans 
Allowance for credit losses to total loans
Allowance for credit losses to 
nonperforming loans  
(8)

(7)

Capital Ratios
Leverage ratio 
Average shareholders’ equity to average 

: 

total assets 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 
Total risk-based capital ratio 

      2009       

1.26%  
8.57  
4.08  
46.27  

0.48%  
0.40  
1.54  

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
(1)

     2007      

     2008

      2006       

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1.20%   
(4)
7.09
(4)
3.96  
46.51  

1.38%   
(5)
8.09
(5)
4.06  
46.19  

0.40% 
0.23  
1.04  

0.49% 
0.18  
1.04  

1.44%  

10.24  
3.80  
45.27  

0.05%  
0.04  
1.10  

      2005      

1.42% 

11.56  
3.81  
48.91  

0.09% 
0.03  
1.12  

616.6  

379.7  

634.7  

2,530.6  

1,505.1  

6.47%  

5.68% 

8.09% 

7.76%  

7.83% 

14.74  
12.61  
13.86  

16.97  
10.27  
11.17  

17.07  
13.13  
14.11  

14.07  
13.52  
14.55  

12.31  
15.34  
16.37  

(1) The Company completed the acquisition of six branches of Banco Popular on January 10, 2008, the acquisition of 1  Choice 

st

Bancorp, Inc. on June 1, 2008 and the assumption of $3.6 billion in deposits and $724.0 million in assets from the FDIC related 
to Franklin Bank on November 7, 2008.  

(2) Net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a $14.0 million pre-tax, or $9.1 million after-tax, impairment charge 
on write-down of securities which resulted in a decrease of basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.20 for the year ended 
December 31, 2008. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a $10.0 million pre-tax, or $6.5 million after-
tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities, which resulted in a decrease of basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.15 
for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

(3) Consists of $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust II due July 31, 2031, $12.9 million of 
junior subordinated debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust III due September 17, 2033, $12.9 million of junior subordinated 
debentures of Prosperity Statutory Trust IV due December 30, 2033, $10.3 million of junior subordinated debentures of SNB 
Capital Trust IV due September 25, 2033 (assumed by the Company on April 1, 2006), $7.2 million of junior subordinated 
debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust I due September 7, 2030 (assumed by the Company on January 31, 2007), $5.2 million of 
junior subordinated debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust II due December 19, 2033 (assumed by the Company on January 3l, 
2007), $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust III due December 15, 2035 (assumed by the 
Company on January 3l, 2007) and $12.4 million of junior subordinated debentures of TXUI Statutory Trust IV due June 30, 
2036 (assumed by the Company on January 3l, 2007). 
Includes a $14.0 million pre-tax, or $9.1 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities, which resulted in a 
decrease of return on average assets of 13 basis points and a decrease of return on average equity of 76 basis points for the year 
ended December 31, 2008. 
Includes a $10.0 million pre-tax, or $6.5 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities, which resulted in a 
decrease of return on average assets of 11 basis points and a decrease of return on average equity of 63 basis points for the year 
ended December 31, 2007. 

(4)

(5)

(6) Calculated by dividing total noninterest expense, excluding credit loss provisions and impairment write-down on securities, by 

net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities and assets. Additionally, 
taxes are not part of this calculation. 

(7) At period end, except for net charge-offs to average loans and average shareholders’ equity to average total assets, which is for 

periods ended at such dates. 

(8) Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, loans contractually past due 90 days or more, restructured loans and any other 

loan management deems to be nonperforming. 

30 

  
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS  

Special Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  

Statements and financial discussion and analysis contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of 
historical fact constitute forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and involve a number of risks and uncertainties, 
many of which are beyond the Company’s control. Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and 
performance of the Company and could cause such results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-
looking statements. These possible events or factors include, but are not limited to:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

  changes in interest rates and market prices, which could reduce the Company’s net interest margins, asset valuations and 
expense expectations;  
  changes in the levels of loan prepayments and the resulting effects on the value of the Company’s loan portfolio; 

  changes in the strength of the United States economy in general and the local economies in the Company’s market areas 

adversely affect the Company’s customers and their ability to transact profitable business with the Company, including the 
ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans according to their terms or a change in the value of the related 
collateral;  
  increased competition for deposits and loans adversely affecting rates and terms; 

  the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions, including the Company’s ability to identify suitable future 

acquisition candidates, the success or failure in the integration of their operations, and the ability to enter new markets 
successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities; 

  the possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects on the results of 
operations;  
  increased credit risk in the Company’s assets and increased operating risk caused by a material change in commercial, 

consumer and/or real estate loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio; 

  the concentration of the Company’s loan portfolio in loans collateralized by real estate; 

  the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of and provisions made to the allowance for credit losses; 

  changes in the availability of funds resulting in increased costs or reduced liquidity; 

  a deterioration or downgrade in the credit quality and credit agency ratings of the securities in the Company’s securities 
portfolio;  
  increased asset levels and changes in the composition of assets and the resulting impact on the Company’s capital levels and 
regulatory capital ratios;  
  the Company’s ability to acquire, operate and maintain cost effective and efficient systems without incurring unexpectedly 

difficult or expensive but necessary technological changes; 

  the loss of senior management or operating personnel and the potential inability to hire qualified personnel at reasonable 
compensation levels;  
  government intervention in the U.S. financial system; 

  changes in statutes and government regulations or their interpretations applicable to financial holding companies and the 

Company’s present and future banking and other subsidiaries, including changes in tax requirements and tax rates; 
  increases in FDIC deposit insurance assessments;  
  acts of terrorism, an outbreak of hostilities or other international or domestic calamities, weather or other acts of God and 
other matters beyond the Company’s control; and  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

  other risks and uncertainties listed from time to time in the Company’s reports and documents filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission.  

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. 
The Company believes it has chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. However, the Company 
cautions you that assumptions or bases almost always vary from actual results, and the differences between assumptions or bases and 
actual results can be material. Therefore, the Company cautions you not to place undue reliance on its forward-looking statements. 
The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly 
update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements of the 
Company’s balance sheets and statements of income. This section should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes and other detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K.  

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007  

Overview  

The Company generates the majority of its revenues from interest income on loans, service charges on customer accounts and 

income from investment in securities. The revenues are partially offset by interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings and 
noninterest expenses such as administrative and occupancy expenses. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on 
earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings which are used to fund 
those assets. Net interest income is the Company’s largest source of revenue. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of 
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income and margin. The Company has recognized increased net 
interest income due primarily to an increase in the volume of interest-earning assets.  

Three principal components of the Company’s growth strategy are internal growth, stringent cost control practices and 
acquisitions, including strategic merger transactions and FDIC assisted transactions. The Company focuses on continual internal 
growth. Each banking center is operated as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to its net interest income, 
efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Banking center presidents and managers are accountable for 
performance in these areas and compensated accordingly. The Company also focuses on maintaining stringent cost control practices 
and policies. The Company has invested significantly in the infrastructure required to centralize many of its critical operations, such 
as data processing and loan processing. Management believes that this centralized infrastructure can accommodate substantial 
additional growth while enabling the Company to minimize operational costs through certain economies of scale. The Company also 
intends to continue to seek expansion opportunities. On January 31, 2007, forty-one (41) banking centers were acquired in the 
acquisition of Texas United Bancshares, Inc. (the “TXUI acquisition”). The acquisition of The Bank of Navasota, N.A. (the 
“Navasota acquisition”) was completed on September 1, 2007 and added one (1) banking center. During 2008, the Company acquired 
six (6) branches of Banco Popular North America in January, completed the acquisition of 1  Choice Bancorp, Inc on June 1 which 
added one (1) banking center and assumed $3.6 billion in deposits and acquired certain assets from the FDIC acting in its capacity as 
receiver for Franklin Bank in November which initially added forty-five (45) banking centers, twelve (12) of which were closed and 
consolidated with nearby banking centers (the “Franklin Bank acquisition” or “Franklin transaction”).  

st

Net income was $111.9 million, $84.5 million and $84.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 

respectively, and diluted earnings per share were $2.41, $1.86 and $1.94, respectively, for these same periods. The change in net 
income during both 2009 and 2008 resulted principally from an increase in net interest income and acquisitions, including the 
acquisition of six (6) branches of Banco Popular and the 1   
st

32 

  
 
Choice and Franklin Bank acquisitions, partially offset by an increase in write-down on perpetual preferred securities issued by 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC” or Freddie Mac) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA” or 
Fannie Mae) in 2008. Net income growth during 2007 resulted principally from an increase in loan volume and acquisitions. The 
Company posted returns on average assets of 1.26%, 1.20% and 1.38% and returns on average equity of 8.57%, 7.09% and 8.09% for 
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 46.27% in 2009, 46.51% in 
2008 and 46.19% in 2007. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total noninterest expense (excluding credit loss provisions 
and impairment write-down on securities) by net interest income plus noninterest income (excluding net gains and losses on the sale 
of securities and assets). Additionally, taxes are not part of this calculation.  

The Company recognized an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $14.0 million pre-tax ($9.1 million after tax) and an 

impairment charge of $10.0 million pre-tax ($6.5 million after tax) for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, on 
Freddie Mac and on Fannie Mae government sponsored, investment grade perpetual callable preferred securities. The other-than-
temporary-impairment charges were recorded on perpetual preferred stock issues classified as available for sale investment securities 
with a total book value (prior to recognition of the impairment charges) of $24.0 million. The Company reclassified the unrealized 
mark-to-market loss on these investment grade securities to an other-than-temporary impairment charge because of the significant 
decline in the market value of these securities and because management believes it is unlikely that these securities will recover their 
original book value within a reasonable amount of time. Both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities were investment grade at the 
time of purchase. Market value decreases on available for sale securities which are not other-than-temporary are recorded as an 
unrealized mark-to-market loss and reflected as a reduction to shareholders’ equity through other comprehensive income. 
Accordingly, the reclassification of the unrealized after tax loss to an other-than-temporary impairment non-cash charge did not affect 
shareholders’ equity or tangible shareholders’ equity.  

Total assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $8.850 billion and $9.072 billion, respectively. Total deposits at 

December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $7.259 billion and $7.303 billion, respectively. Total loans were $3.377 billion at December 31, 
2009, a decrease of $190.4 million or 5.3% compared with $3.567 billion at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, the 
Company had $8.4 million in nonperforming loans and its allowance for credit losses was $51.9 million compared with $9.7 million 
in nonperforming loans and an allowance for credit losses of $37.0 million at December 31, 2008. Shareholders’ equity was $1.351 
billion and $1.255 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

In response to global credit and liquidity issues involving a number of financial institutions, the United States government, 

particularly the U.S. Treasury and the FDIC, have taken a variety of extraordinary measures designed to restore confidence in the 
financial markets and to strengthen financial institutions, including capital injections, guarantees of bank liabilities and the acquisition 
of illiquid assets from banks. The Company cannot predict at this time the effect that the recent legislative initiatives may have on its 
business, financial condition or results of operations. For additional details about the recent legislative initiatives, please refer to the 
section captioned “Supervision and Regulation—Legislative Initiatives” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Subsequent Events  

On January 19, 2010, the Company announced the signing by Prosperity Bank of a definitive agreement to acquire the three 
(3) Texas retail bank branches of U.S. Bank. Prosperity Bank will pay a premium for approximately $420 million in deposits, as well 
as purchase certain loans and other assets attributable to the branches. The three locations being acquired by the Company are the 
Texas locations U.S. Bank acquired from the FDIC on October 30, 2009 when U.S. Bank acquired the nine (9) subsidiary banks of 
FBOP Corporation. The Texas banks were Madisonville State Bank in Madisonville, Texas; Citizens National Bank in Teague, 
Texas; and North Houston Bank in Houston, Texas. The agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of both banks and is 
expected to close during the first quarter of 2010, although delays could occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, 
including customary regulatory approvals.  

33 

  
On February 8, 2010, the Company announced the signing by Prosperity Bank of a definitive agreement to acquire the nineteen 

(19) Texas retail bank branches of First Bank, a Missouri state-chartered bank. Prosperity Bank will pay a premium of 5.5% for 
approximately $500 million in deposits, as well as purchase approximately $100 million in loans and other assets attributable to the 
branches. First Bank’s Texas locations are all in the Houston and Dallas metropolitan areas. After the consolidation of locations near 
existing Company banking centers and the acquisition of the Houston branch of U.S. Bank, the Company will operate thirty-one 
(31) Dallas/Fort Worth area banking centers and fifty-eight (58) Houston area banking centers. The agreement has been approved by 
the Board of Directors of both banks and is expected to close during the second quarter of 2010, although delays could occur. The 
transaction is subject to certain conditions, including customary regulatory approvals.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

The Company’s significant accounting policies are integral to understanding the results reported. The Company’s accounting 

policies are described in detail in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, appearing elsewhere is this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and 
complexity:  

Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of a 
provision for credit losses. Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated 
losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a monthly review of the 
allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any 
recommendations as to adjustments in the allowance. In making its evaluation, management considers factors such as historical loan 
loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, the amount of nonperforming assets and related 
collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the 
borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review 
process and other relevant factors. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is 
available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. Charge-offs occur when loans are deemed to be 
uncollectible. The allowance for credit losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310, 
“Receivables,” and allowance allocations determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.”  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment 
test at least annually, or more often, if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of Prosperity 
Bank, the Company’s only reporting unit with assigned goodwill, is below the carrying value of its equity. Goodwill is tested for 
impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit compared with 
its carrying value. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, a second test is completed comparing the 
implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. Other identifiable 
intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on an accelerated basis over the years expected to be benefited, which 
the Company believes is between eight and ten years. These amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if 
circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a comparison of fair value to carrying value. Based on the 
Company’s annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2009, management does not believe any of its goodwill is impaired 
as of December 31, 2009 because the fair value of the Company’s equity exceeded its carrying value. While the Company believes no 
impairment existed at December 31, 2009 under accounting standards applicable at that date, different conditions or assumptions, 
or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome 
of the Company’s impairment evaluation and financial condition or future results of operations.  

34 

  
Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based 

method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. ASC 718 was effective for companies in 2006; 
however, the Company had been recognizing compensation expense since January 1, 2003. The Company’s results of operations 
reflect compensation expense for all employee stock-based compensation, including the unvested portion of stock options granted 
prior to 2003. ASC 718 requires that management make assumptions including stock price volatility and employee turnover that are 
utilized to measure compensation expense. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions.  

Other Than Temporarily Impaired Securities—The Company’s available for sale securities portfolio is reported at fair value. 

When the fair value of a security is below its amortized cost, and depending on the length of time the condition exists and the extent 
the fair market value is below amortized cost, additional analysis is performed to determine whether an impairment exists. Available 
for sale and held to maturity securities are analyzed quarterly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The analysis considers 
(i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects 
of the issuer, (iii) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (iv) whether the entity has the intent to 
sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. Often, the 
information available to conduct these assessments is limited and rapidly changing, making estimates of fair value subject to 
judgment. If actual information or conditions are different than estimated, the extent of the impairment of the security may be 
different than previously estimated, which could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial 
condition.  

Results of Operations  
Net Interest Income  

The Company’s operating results depend primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on 

interest-earning assets, including securities and loans, and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits 
and other borrowed funds. Interest rate fluctuations, as well as changes in the amount and type of earning assets and liabilities, 
combine to affect net interest income. The Company’s net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on 
interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as a “rate change.”  

2009 versus 2008. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $307.1 

million compared with $227.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $79.4 million or 34.9%. The 
improvement in net interest income for 2009 was principally due to a $1.76 billion or 30.3% increase in average interest-earning 
assets to $7.586 billion at December 31, 2009 compared with $5.824 billion at December 31, 2008. The increase in average interest-
earning assets was primarily due to the Franklin Bank transaction. The improvement in net interest income for 2009 was also partially 
due to a decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets that was less than the decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The 
average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 95 basis points from 2.66% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 1.71% 
for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 57 basis points from 5.97% at 
December 31, 2008 to 5.40% at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, period end demand deposits represented an important 
component of funding and were 20.6% of total period end deposits compared with 20.9% at December 31, 2008.  

Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis, defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, for 2009 

was 4.08%, an increase of 12 basis points compared with 3.96% for 2008.  

35 

  
2008 versus 2007. Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $227.7 

million compared with $200.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $27.3 million or 13.6%. The 
improvement in net interest income for 2008 was principally due to a $810.1 million or 16.2% increase in average interest-earning 
assets to $5.824 billion at December 31, 2008 compared with $5.014 billion at December 31, 2007. The increase in average interest-
earning assets was primarily due to the Franklin transaction. The improvement in net interest income for 2008 was also partially due 
to a decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets that was less than the decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The 
average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 97 basis points from 3.63% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 2.66% 
for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 82 basis points from 6.79% at 
December 31, 2007 to 5.97% at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, period end demand deposits represented an important 
component of funding and were 20.9% of total period end deposits compared with 23.5% at December 31, 2007.  

Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis, defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets, for 2008 

was 3.96%, down 10 basis points from 4.06% for 2007.  

36 

  
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of average balances, interest income from average 
interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in 
dollars and rates. Except as indicated in the footnotes, no tax-equivalent adjustments were made and all average balances are daily 
average balances. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.  

Assets 
Interest-earning assets: 

Loans 
Securities
Federal funds sold and other temporary 

(1) 

investments 

Total interest-earning assets 

Less allowance for credit losses 

2009

Years Ended December 31,
2008

2007

Average 
Outstanding
Balance

Interest 
Earned/ 
Paid  

Average
Yield/
Rate  

Average 
Outstanding
Balance

Interest
Earned/
Paid  

Average
Yield/
Rate  

Average 
Outstanding
Balance

Interest
Earned/
Paid  

Average
Yield/
Rate  

(Dollars in thousands)

  $ 3,455,761     $219,320 
  190,106 

4,052,989    

6.35%   $ 3,250,447     $227,466 
118,185
2,409,758  
4.69  

7.00%   $ 3,092,797     $247,600 
  89,467
1,849,613    
4.90  

77,328    
7,586,078    
(42,279)  

188 
  409,614 

0.24  
5.40% 

163,746    
5,823,951  
(33,004)  

2,227 
347,878

1.36  
5.97%  

71,462    
5,013,872    
(34,705)  

3,541 
  340,608

8.01% 
4.84  

4.96  
6.79% 

Total interest-earning assets, net of 

allowance 

Noninterest-earning assets 
Total assets 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Savings and money market accounts 
Certificates of deposit 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements   
Other borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 

equity 
Net interest rate spread 
Net interest income and margin

Total liabilities and shareholders’ 

7,543,799    
1,307,895    
  $ 8,851,694    

5,790,947    
1,234,471    
  $ 7,025,418    

4,979,167    
1,114,897    
  $ 6,094,064    

  $ 1,082,332     $

791,739     $

1,910,721    
2,730,263    
92,265    
93,625    
75,747    
5,984,953    

1,488,699    
73,293    
7,546,945    
1,304,749    

8,587 
  19,405 
  67,842 
3,760 
1,166 
1,753 
  102,513 

0.79%   $
1.02  
2.48  
4.08  
1.25  
2.31  
1.71% 

7,967 
  27,770 
  71,955 
6,439
2,388 
3,630 
120,149

1,411,142    
1,997,152    
99,998  
84,289    
124,619    
4,508,939  

1,271,408  
52,778    
5,833,125    
1,192,293    

1.01%   $
1.97  
3.60  
6.44  
2.83  
2.91  
2.66%  

829,757     $ 16,313 
  35,089 
  71,280 
  10,058
3,026 
4,407 
  140,173

1,205,584    
1,549,064    
124,613    
71,165    
83,478    
3,863,661    

1.97% 
2.91  
4.60  
8.07  
4.25  
5.28  
3.63% 

1,143,114    
47,334    
5,054,109    
1,039,955    

  $ 8,851,694    

  $ 7,025,418    

  $ 6,094,064    

(2) 

  $307,101 

3.69% 
4.05%  

  $227,729 

3.31%  
3.91%  

  $200,435 

3.16% 
4.00% 

Net interest income and margin (tax-equivalent 

(3) 

basis)

  $309,866 

4.08%  

  $230,592 

3.96%  

  $203,554 

4.06% 

(1) Yield is based on amortized cost and does not include any component of unrealized gains or losses. 
(2) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. 
(3)

In order to make pretax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to those on taxable investments and loans, a tax-equivalent adjustment 
has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and other applicable effective tax rates. 

37 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the 

periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the 
changes attributable to changes in volume and changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate 
and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.  

Years Ended December 31,

2009 vs. 2008

2008 vs. 2007

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Due to Change in

   Volume  

Rate

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Due to Change in
Rate

Total
(Dollars in thousands)

Volume  

Total

Interest-earning assets: 

Loans 
Securities 
Federal funds sold and other temporary investments    
Total increase (decrease) in interest income 

   $14,368     $(22,514)   $ (8,146)   $12,621     $(32,755)   $(20,134) 
28,718  
(1,314) 
7,270  

1,623    
(5,887)  
  (37,019)  

80,591  
  (1,175)  
93,784    

27,095    
  4,573    
44,289    

(8,670) 
(864)  
(32,048)  

71,921  
(2,039)  
61,736    

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits
Savings and money market accounts
Certificates of deposit 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other borrowings 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense 

Increase in net interest income 

Provision for Credit Losses  

2,924    
9,831    
26,413    
(498)  
264  
  (1,424)  
37,510    

(8,346) 
(7,319) 
675  
(3,619) 
(638) 
(777) 
(20,024) 
   $56,274     $ 23,098     $ 79,372     $17,691     $ 9,603     $ 27,294  

(7,599)  
  (13,302)  
  (19,944)  
(1,632)  
(1,196)  
(2,949)  
  (46,622)  

(747)  
5,983    
20,619    
(1,987)  
558    
  2,172    
26,598    

(2,304)  
(18,196)  
(30,526)  
(2,181)  
(1,486) 
(453)  
(55,146)  

620    
(8,365)  
(4,113)  
(2,679)  
(1,222) 
(1,877)  
(17,636)  

The Company’s provision for credit losses is established through charges to income in the form of the provision in order to bring 

the Company’s allowance for credit losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on the factors discussed under 
“Financial Condition—Allowance for Credit Losses.” The allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2009 was $51.9 million, 
representing 1.54% of outstanding loans as of such date. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 
$28.8 million compared with $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 
2009 were $13.9 million compared with $7.6 million in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2008. The provision for 
credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $9.9 million compared with $760,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. 
Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $5.6 million.  

Noninterest Income  

The Company’s primary sources of recurring noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts and other banking 
service related fees. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees which are recognized over the life of the related loan as 
an adjustment to yield using the interest method. Banking related service fees include check cashing fees, official check fees, safe 
deposit box rent and currency handling fees. For the year ended December 31, 2009, noninterest income totaled $60.1 million, an 
increase of $7.7 million or  

38 

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
st

14.8% compared with $52.4 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to an increase in insufficient funds charges and customer 
service charges which resulted from an increase in the number of accounts due to the acquisition of six (6) branches of Banco Popular 
and the 1  Choice and Franklin Bank acquisitions in 2008 and a decrease in net losses on sale of other real estate partially offset by a 
decrease in income from leased assets. The decrease in income from leased assets was due to the expiration of various lease 
agreements in 2009. Noninterest income for 2008 was $52.4 million, a decrease of $553,000 or 1.0% compared with $52.9 million in 
2007.  

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:  

Service charges on deposit accounts.
Banking related service fees 
Brokered mortgage income 
Trust and investment income 
Income from leased assets 
Bank Owned Life Insurance income (BOLI) 
Gains (losses) on sales of assets (net)
Net gain on sale of securities 
Gain on held for sale loans 
Other noninterest income 

Total noninterest income. 

2009

$51,742  
  2,009  
305  
585  
318  
1,344  
839
(1)
—    
  —    
2,955  
$60,097  

Years Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)
$45,785  
  1,963  
330  
393  
  1,079  
  2,011  
  (1,486)
  —    
229  
  2,066  
$52,370  

(2)

2007

$40,937  
  1,737  
679  
  1,202  
  1,323  
  1,893  
(3)
86  
  1,334  
  2,913  
$52,923  

819

(1)
(2)
(3)

Includes net gains on the sale of various other real estate properties of $417,000 and gains on the sale of real estate. 
Includes net losses on the sale of various other real estate properties of $2.3 million and gains on the sale of real estate. 
Includes net gains on the sale of various other real estate properties of $546,000 and gains on the sale of real estate. 

Noninterest Expense  

For the year ended December 31, 2009, noninterest expense totaled $169.7 million, an increase of $25.9 million or 18.0% 
compared with $143.8 million for the same period in 2008. This increase was principally due to increases in salaries and employee 
benefits, net occupancy and increases in FDIC assessments, partially offset by a $14.0 million impairment write-down on Fannie Mae 
and Freddie Mac preferred stock in 2008 discussed further under “—Securities”. For the year ended December 31, 2008, noninterest 
expense totaled $143.8 million, an increase of $17.0 million or 13.4% compared with $126.8 million for the same period in 2007. The 
increase was primarily attributable to increases in salaries and employee benefits, impairment write-down on securities and the 
additional general operating costs associated with the acquisitions completed in 2007. These items and other changes in the various 
components of noninterest expense are discussed in more detail below.  

39 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:  

Salaries and employee benefits 
Non-staff expenses: 

Net occupancy expense 
Depreciation expense 
Data processing 
Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance 
Ad valorem and franchise taxes
Core deposit intangibles amortization 
Communications expense
Impairment write-down on securities 
Other 

(1)

Total noninterest expense

(2)

2009

$ 84,395  

Years Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)
$ 70,818  

2007

$ 63,910

14,910  
8,226  
6,449  
13,662  
3,561  
10,076  
8,466  
—    
  19,955  
$169,700  

  12,470  
7,666  
5,580  
1,843  
2,884  
9,797  
6,582  
  14,025  
  12,131  
$143,796  

  10,534
7,611
4,570
1,035
2,462
9,917
6,351
9,975
  10,478
$126,843

(1) Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage and courier expenses. 
(2) Total noninterest expense includes $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $2.0 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, in stock-

based compensation expense. 

Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits increased $13.6 million to $84.4 million at December 31, 2009 

compared with $70.8 million at December 31, 2008 primarily due to the full year effect of the staff added with the Franklin Bank 
acquisition in November 2008. The number of associates employed by the Company increased from 1,359 at December 31, 2007 to 
1,594 at December 31, 2009. Salaries and employee benefits increased $6.9 million from $63.9 million at December 31, 2007 to 
$70.8 million at December 31, 2008 primarily due to staff added with the Franklin acquisition. Total noninterest expense for the year 
ended December 31, 2009 includes $1.5 million in stock-based compensation expense compared with $1.5 million and $2.0 million 
recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

Net Occupancy and Depreciation Expenses. Net occupancy expense increased $2.4 million or 19.6% to $14.9 million for the 

year ended December 31, 2009 compared with $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily 
attributable to the additional banking centers acquired in 2008. Depreciation expense increased $560,000 to $8.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2009 compared with $7.7 million for the same period in 2008. Net occupancy expense increased $1.9 million or 
18.4% to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. 
Depreciation expense increased $55,000 million to $7.7 million compared with $7.6 million for the same periods. These increases 
were primarily attributable to the acquisitions in 2007 and 2008.  

Regulatory Assessments and FDIC Insurance. Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance assessments increased $11.8 million 

or 641.3% from $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The 
increase was primarily due to higher FDIC assessment rates and an increase in the amount of the Company’s deposits in connection 
with its 2008 acquisitions. On January 1, 2009, the FDIC increased the DIF assessment rates effective April 1, 2009 as part of the 
FDIC’s DIF restoration plan as discussed under the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation—The Bank—Deposit Insurance 
Assessments” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, in May 2009, the FDIC issued a rule which levied 
a special assessment of 5 basis points on an institution’s total assets less its Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009 to restore the DIF to an 
acceptable level. The special assessment, which for the Company was $4.2 million, was accrued on June 30, 2009 and paid on 
September 30, 2009. Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance assessments increased $808,000 or 78.1% from $1.0 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2007 to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  

40 

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
st

Core Deposit Intangibles Amortization. Core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) amortization increased $279,000 or 2.8% from $9.8 
million for the year December 31, 2008 to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the 
1  Choice, Banco Popular and Franklin Bank acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles amortization decreased $120,000 or 1.2% from 
$9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Core deposit intangibles 
are being amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated life of eight to ten years.  

Communications Expense. Communications expense includes telephone, data circuits, postage and courier expenses. 

Communications expense increased $1.9 million or 28.6% from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 to $8.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2009. Communications expense increased $231,000 or 3.6% from $6.4 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2007 to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  

Other Noninterest Expense. Other operating expenses increased $7.8 million or 64.5% from $12.1 million at December 31, 2008 

to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to the additional general expenses 
incurred due to the Franklin Bank acquisition and increases in advertising and legal fees. Other operating expenses increased $1.7 
million or 15.8% from $10.5 million at December 31, 2007 to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was 
primarily attributable to the additional general expenses incurred due to the 2008 acquisitions.  

Efficiency Ratio. The efficiency ratio is a supplemental financial measure utilized in management’s internal evaluation of the 

Company and is not defined under generally accepted accounting principles. The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total 
noninterest expense, excluding credit loss provisions and impairment write-down on available for sale securities, by net interest 
income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities and on the sale of assets. Taxes are not part of 
this calculation. An increase in the efficiency ratio indicates that more resources are being utilized to generate the same volume of 
income, while a decrease would indicate a more efficient allocation of resources. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 46.27% at 
December 31, 2009, compared with 46.51% at December 31, 2008. The Company’s efficiency ratio was 46.19% at December 31, 
2007.  

Income Taxes  

The amount of federal income tax expense is influenced by the amount of taxable income, the amount of tax-exempt income, the 

amount of nondeductible interest expense and the amount of other nondeductible expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2009, 
income tax expense was $56.8 million compared with $41.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $41.6 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2007. The increases were primarily attributable to higher pretax net earnings which resulted primarily from 
an increase in net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with the same period in 2008 and 2007. The 
effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 33.7%, 33.2% and 33.1%, respectively. The effective 
income tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% during the comparable periods primarily due to the effect of tax-exempt 
income from loans and securities.  

Impact of Inflation  

The Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been 

prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These require the measurement of financial position and 
operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due 
to inflation.  

Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, 

interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest 
rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, other 
expenses do reflect general levels of inflation.  

41 

  
Financial Condition  
Loan Portfolio  

At December 31, 2009, total loans were $3.377 billion, a decrease of $190.4 million or 5.3% compared with $3.567 billion at 

December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in construction and land development loans and 
commercial and industrial loans due to decreased demand as a result of a general weakening of the economy. At December 31, 2009, 
total loans were 46.5% of deposits and 38.2% of total assets. At December 31, 2008, total loans were $3.567 billion, an increase of 
$424.1 million or 13.5% compared with $3.143 billion at December 31, 2007. The growth in loans from December 31, 2007 to 
December 31, 2008 was primarily attributable to the Franklin Bank acquisition, the 1  Choice acquisition and the acquisition of six 
(6) branches of Banco Popular. At December 31, 2008, total loans were 48.8% of deposits and 39.3% of total assets.  

st

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:  

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate: 

Construction and land development 
1-4 family residential 
Home equity 
Commercial mortgage 
Farmland 
Multifamily residential 

Agriculture 
Consumer (net of unearned discount) 
Other 
(2) 

Total loans

2009

  Amount  

  Percent 

2008
  Amount Percent

December 31,

2007
Amount Percent
(Dollars in thousands)

2006
Amount   Percent 

2005
  Amount Percent

  $ 392,975  

11.6%   $ 482,476 

13.5%   $ 436,338 

13.9%   $ 280,957 

12.9%   $ 222,773 

14.4% 

557,245  
709,101  
117,661  
(1)
    1,261,267
93,288  
77,952  
42,241  
102,436  
22,537  
  $3,376,703  

16.5  
21.0  
3.5  
37.4  
2.8  
2.3  
1.3  
3.0  
0.6  

666,081 
668,097 
107,048
    1,268,340 
96,970 
75,063 
48,679 
137,639 
16,664 
100.0%   $3,567,057 

18.7  
18.7  
3.0  
35.6  
2.7  
2.1  
1.3  
3.9  
0.5  

683,171 
526,338 
93,877
    1,075,285 
63,873 
73,424 
50,146 
123,213 
17,306 
100.0%   $3,142,971 

21.7  
16.7  
3.0  
34.3  
2.0  
2.3  
1.6  
3.9  
0.6  

433,178 
376,996 
63,427 
803,145 
30,925 
77,980 
26,504 
66,675 
16,720 
100.0%   $2,176,507 

19.9  
17.3  
2.9  
36.9  
1.4  
3.6  
1.2  
3.1  
0.8  

206,653 
313,184 
58,729
566,356 
30,920 
32,039 
25,429 
65,183 
20,859 
100.0%   $1,542,125 

13.4  
20.3  
3.8  
36.7  
2.0  
2.1  
1.6  
4.3  
1.4  
100.0% 

(1) Commercial mortgage loans include approximately $613.6 million of owner-occupied loans for the year ended December 31, 2009. 
(2)

Includes loans held for sale for all applicable years. 

The Company’s commercial and industrial loans decreased from $482.5 million at December 31, 2008 to $393.0 million at 
December 31, 2009, a decrease of $89.5 million or 18.6%. The Company’s commercial mortgages decreased from $1.268 billion at 
December 31, 2008 to $1.261 billion at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $7.1 million or 0.5%. The Company offers a variety of 
commercial lending products including term loans and lines of credit. The Company offers a broad range of short to medium-term 
commercial loans, primarily collateralized, to businesses for working capital (including inventory and receivables), business 
expansion (including acquisitions of real estate and improvements) and the purchase of equipment and machinery. Historically, the 
Company has originated loans for its own account and has not securitized its loans. The purpose of a particular loan generally 
determines its structure. All loans in the 1-4 family residential category were originated by the Company.  

All loans over $500,000 and below $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon on a daily basis by two of the six company-wide 

loan concurrence officers. All loans above $2.5 million are evaluated and acted upon by an officers’ loan committee which meets 
weekly. In addition to the officers’ loan committee evaluation, loans from $15.0 million to $25.0 million are evaluated and acted upon 
by the directors’ loan committee which consists of three directors of the Bank and meets as necessary. Loans over $25.0 million are 
evaluated and acted upon by the Bank’s board of directors either at a regularly scheduled monthly board meeting or by teleconference 
or written consent.  

42 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans. In nearly all cases, the Company’s commercial loans are made in the Company’s market 
areas and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. As a general practice, the Company 
takes as collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and obtains a personal 
guaranty of the borrower or principal. Working capital loans are primarily collateralized by short-term assets whereas term loans are 
primarily collateralized by long-term assets. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans 
and commercial mortgage loans and, therefore, usually yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial loans is due to the type 
of collateral securing these loans. The increased risk also derives from the expectation that commercial loans generally will be 
serviced principally from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful. Historical trends have shown 
these types of loans to have higher delinquencies than mortgage loans. As a result of these additional complexities, variables and 
risks, commercial loans require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.  

Commercial Mortgages. The Company makes commercial mortgage loans collateralized by real estate to finance the purchase 

of real estate. The Company’s commercial mortgage loans are collateralized by first liens on real estate, typically have variable 
interest rates (or five year or less fixed rates) and amortize over a 15 to 20 year period. Payments on loans secured by such properties 
are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be 
subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The Company 
seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful consideration to the property’s operating history, future 
operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition in connection with underwriting these loans. 
The underwriting analysis also includes credit verification, analysis of global cash flow, appraisals and a review of the financial 
condition of the borrower.  

1-4 Family Residential Loans. The Company’s lending activities also includes the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage 
loans collateralized by owner-occupied residential properties located in the Company’s market areas. The Company offers a variety of 
mortgage loan products which generally are amortized over five to 25 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate 
generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 89% of appraised value or have mortgage insurance. The Company 
requires mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance. Other than with respect to mortgage banking activities acquired in the TXUI 
acquisition, the Company has elected to keep all 1-4 family residential loans for its own account rather than selling such loans into the 
secondary market. By doing so, the Company is able to realize a higher yield on these loans; however, the Company also incurs 
interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on such loans.  

Construction and Land Development Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and, to a lesser 
extent, nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have floating interest 
rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these 
loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending activities. 
Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under 
construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Because of uncertainties inherent in estimating construction 
costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it can be difficult to 
accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, 
construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the 
ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project 
prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, 
the Company may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an 
indeterminate period of time. While the Company has underwriting procedures designed to identify what it believes to be acceptable 
levels of risks in construction lending, no assurance can be given that these procedures will prevent losses from the risks described 
above.  

43 

  
Agriculture Loans. The Company provides agriculture loans for short-term crop production, including rice, cotton, milo and 

corn, farm equipment financing and agriculture real estate financing. The Company evaluates agriculture borrowers primarily based 
on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular agriculture industry, overall financial capacity and the 
availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry. Because agriculture loans 
present a higher level of risk associated with events caused by nature, the Company routinely makes on-site visits and inspections in 
order to identify and monitor such risks.  

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made by the Company include direct “A”-credit automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, 

boat loans, home improvement loans, home equity loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit account 
collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 120 months and vary based upon the nature of collateral and 
size of loan. Generally, consumer loans entail greater risk than do real estate secured loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans 
that are unsecured or collateralized by rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a 
defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. The remaining 
deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. 
In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be 
adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws 
may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.  

The contractual maturity ranges of the 1-4 family residential, home equity, commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage, 

construction and land development and agriculture portfolios and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and 
floating rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2009 are summarized in the following table:  

1-4 family residential and home equity
Commercial and industrial 
Commercial mortgages 
Construction and land development 
Agriculture 
Total 

Loans with a predetermined interest rate.
Loans with a floating interest rate. 

Total 

Nonperforming Assets  

One Year
or Less

$ 17,236  
  172,945  
60,187  
154,685  
27,483  
$432,536  
$142,225  
290,311  
$432,536  

December 31, 2009

After One 
Through 
Five Years   

After Five 
Years
(Dollars in thousands)

$ 68,102  
  152,456  
138,943  
105,506  
13,990  
$478,997  
$289,979  
189,018  
$478,997  

$ 741,424  
67,574  
  1,062,137  
297,054  
768  
$2,168,957  
$ 797,186  
  1,371,771  
$2,168,957  

Total

$ 826,762
392,975
1,261,267
557,245
42,241
$3,080,490
$1,229,390
1,851,100
$3,080,490

The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of its loan portfolio. The Company 
has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers and the Company also monitors its delinquency levels for any 
negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company’s loan portfolio will not become subject to 
increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.  

The Company generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when the payment of principal or interest

is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully 
supports the carrying value of the loan.  

44 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
The Company requires appraisals on loans collateralized by real estate. With respect to potential problem loans, an evaluation of 

the borrower’s overall financial condition is made to determine the need, if any, for possible writedowns or appropriate additions to 
the allowance for credit losses.  

The Company’s conservative lending approach has resulted in strong asset quality. The Company had $16.4 million in 

nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 compared with $14.4 million at December 31, 2008 and $15.4 million at December 31, 
2007. The nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 consisted of one hundred-thirteen (113) separate credits or ORE properties, of 
which forty-six (46) credits were related to loans acquired in the Company’s 2008 and 2007 acquisitions. If interest on nonaccrual 
loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, approximately $434,000, $121,000 and $47,000 would have been recorded as 
income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

The following table presents information regarding past due loans and nonperforming assets at the dates indicated:  

Nonaccrual loans 
Accruing loans 90 or more days past due
Total nonperforming loans 

Repossessed assets 
Other real estate 

Total nonperforming assets 

Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate 
Nonperforming assets to average earning assets 

2009

2008

December 31,

2007

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 6,079  
  2,332  
8,411  
116  
7,829  
$16,356  

$ 2,142  
  7,594  
9,736  
182  
4,450  
$14,368  

$ 1,035  
  4,092  
5,127  
56  
10,207  
$15,390  

0.48%  
0.22%  

0.40%  
0.25%  

0.49%  
0.31%  

2006  

2005

$ 181  
767  
948  
32  
140  
$1,120  
  0.05%  
  0.03%  

$ 355  
788  
1,143  
26  
239  
$1,408  

0.09% 
0.05% 

45 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Allowance for Credit Losses  

The following table presents, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related 

data:  

Average loans outstanding 
Gross loans outstanding at end of period
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of 

period 

Balance acquired with acquisitions 
Provision for credit losses 
Charge-offs: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate and agriculture 
Consumer 

Recoveries: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate and agriculture 
Consumer 
Net charge-offs 
Allowance for credit losses at end of period  
Ratio of allowance to end of period loans
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
Ratio of allowance to end of period 

nonperforming loans 

2009

2008

$3,455,761  
$3,376,703  

$3,250,447  
$3,567,057  

Years Ended December 31,
2007
(Dollars in thousands)
$3,092,797  
$3,142,971  

2006

2005

$2,037,379  
$2,176,507  

$1,435,376  
$1,542,125  

$

$

36,970  
—    
28,775  

(3,816) 
(8,585) 
(2,998) 

275  
236  
1,006  
(13,882) 
51,863  

$

$

32,543  
2,182  
9,867  

(2,799) 
(3,650) 
(2,733) 

308  
220  
1,032  
(7,622) 
36,970  

$

$

23,990  
13,386  
760  

(1,045) 
(4,143) 
(2,974) 

1,175  
208  
1,186  
(5,593) 
32,543  

$

17,203  
7,054  
504  

$

13,105  
4,028  
480  

(353) 
(128) 
(696) 

95  
59  
252  
(771) 
23,990  

$

(410) 
(242) 
(240) 

188  
184  
110  
(410) 
17,203  

1.12% 
0.03  

$

1.54%  
0.40  

1.04%  
0.23  

1.04%  
0.18  

1.10%  
0.04  

616.6  

379.7  

634.7  

2,530.6  

1,505.1  

The allowance for credit losses is a valuation established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for credit losses. 

Management has established an allowance for credit losses which it believes is adequate for estimated losses in the Company’s loan 
portfolio. The amount of the allowance for credit losses is affected by the following: (i) charge-offs of loans that occur when loans are 
deemed uncollectible and decrease the allowance, (ii) recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance and (iii) 
provisions for credit losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio and 
consideration of the factors listed below, management presents a quarterly review of the allowance for credit losses to the Bank’s 
Board of Directors, indicating any change in the allowance since the last review and any recommendations as to adjustments in the 
allowance.  

The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two components: a specific valuation allowance based on probable losses 

on specifically identified loans and a general valuation allowance based on historical loan loss experience, general economic 
conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company.  

In setting the specific valuation allowance, the Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan 

portfolio. Through this loan review process, the Company maintains an internal list of impaired loans which, along with the 
delinquency list of loans, helps management assess the overall quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for 
credit losses. All loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific 
reserve is required. For each  

46 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
impaired loan, the Company allocates a specific loan loss reserve primarily based on the value of the collateral securing the impaired 
loan in accordance with ASC Topic 310. The specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis. Loans for which specific 
reserves are provided are excluded from the general valuation allowance described below.  

In determining the amount of the general valuation allowance, management considers factors such as historical loan loss 
experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, concentration risk of specific loan types, the 
volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability 
to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process, general 
economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company and other relevant factors in 
accordance with ASC Topic 450. Based on a review of these factors for each loan type, the Company applies an estimated percentage 
to the outstanding balance of each loan type, excluding any loan that has a specific reserve allocated to it. The Company uses this 
information to establish the amount of the general valuation allowance.  

In connection with its review of the loan portfolio, the Company considers risk elements attributable to particular loan types or 

categories in assessing the quality of individual loans. Some of the risk elements include:  

•

•

•

•

•

•

  for 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to 
income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of 
collateral;  
  for commercial mortgage loans and multifamily residential loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property 

in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of 
owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, 
property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type; 

  for agricultural real estate loans, the experience and financial capability of the borrower, projected debt service coverage of 

the operations of the borrower and loan to value ratio; 

  for construction and land development loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed 

lots or improvements constructed for resale or ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of 
contracts for presale or preleasing, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio;  
  for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the 

borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating 
results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral; and  
  for non-real estate agricultural loans, the operating results, experience and financial capability of the borrower, historical and 

expected market conditions and the value, nature and marketability of collateral. 

In addition, for each category, the Company considers secondary sources of income and the financial strength and credit history 

of the borrower and any guarantors.  

At December 31, 2009, the allowance for credit losses totaled $51.9 million, or 1.54% of total loans. At December 31, 2008, the 

allowance aggregated $37.0 million or 1.04% of total loans and at December 31, 2007, the allowance was $32.5 million or 1.04% of 
total loans.  

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables show the allocation of the allowance for credit losses among various categories of loans and certain other 

information as of the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories 
in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category.  

Balance of allowance for credit losses applicable to: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate 
Agriculture 
Consumer and other 
Unallocated 

Total allowance for credit losses

2007

Balance of allowance for credit losses applicable to:   

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate 
Agriculture 
Consumer and other 
Unallocated 

Total allowance for credit losses

Amount  

$ 4,790
  22,505
506 
  2,153 
  2,589 
$32,543

December 31,

2009

Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans 

2008

Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans 

Amount   

(Dollars in thousands)

11.6%  
83.4  
1.3  
3.7  
—    
100.0%  

$ 6,159  
  27,953  
313  
  2,545  
  —    
$36,970  

13.5% 
80.8  
1.3  
4.4  
—    
100.0% 

Amount   

$ 5,107  
44,799  
221  
  1,736  
—    
$51,863  

Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans 

December 31,
2006

(1)

Percent of 
Loans to 
Total Loans 

Amount  
(Dollars in thousands)

2005

Percent of
Loans to
Total Loans 

Amount  

13.9% 
80.0  
1.6  
4.5  
—    
100.0% 

$ 3,660
18,140
131 
732 
1,327 
$23,990

12.9%  
82.0  
1.2  
3.9  
—    
100.0%  

$

636 
923 
28 
53 
  15,563 
$17,203 

14.4% 
78.3  
1.6  
5.7  
—    
100.0% 

(1)

In 2006, the Company revised its allowance methodology to provide for more specific allocation of its reserves. The revised 
methodology did not have a material impact on the Company’s determination of the overall allowance for credit losses. 

The Company believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2009 is adequate to cover estimated losses in the 

loan portfolio as of such date. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will not sustain losses in future periods, which 
could be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance at December 31, 2009.  

Securities  

The Company uses its securities portfolio as a source of income, as a source of liquidity for cash requirements and to manage 

interest rate risk. At December 31, 2009, the carrying amount of investment securities totaled $4.118 billion, a decrease of $42.1 
million or 1.0% compared with $4.160 billion at December 31, 2008. Securities increased to $4.160 billion at December 31, 2008 
from $1.858 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of $2.30 billion or 124.0%. The increase in securities was primarily due to the 
purchase of new securities with the funds acquired in the Franklin Bank acquisition. At December 31, 2009, securities represented 
46.5% of total assets compared with 45.9% of total assets at December 31, 2008.  

48 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At the date of purchase, the Company is required to classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held-to-
maturity, trading or available-for-sale. At each reporting date, the appropriateness of the classification is reassessed. Investments in 
debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and measured at amortized cost in the financial statements only if management has 
the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of 
selling them in the near term are classified as trading and measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and 
losses included in earnings. Investments not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available-for-sale and 
measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses reported, net of tax, in a separate component of 
shareholders’ equity until realized.  

The following table summarizes the amortized cost of securities as of the dates shown (available-for-sale securities are not 

adjusted for unrealized gains or losses):  

2009

2008

December 31,
2007
(Dollars in thousands)

2006

2005

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government 

agencies 

70% non-taxable preferred stock 
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB) and Qualified School 

Construction Bonds (QSCB) 

Other 

Total 

  $

41,715  $ 151,147  $ 229,119  $ 402,328  $ 296,349
24,000
14,025 
31,250
87,517 
8,550
3,215 
222,615
223,952 
987,088
1,282,338 

—   
84,569 
3,221
179,389 
3,711,629 

24,000 
44,378 
6,218 
276,629 
829,195 

—   
82,174 
3,227
296,923 
3,640,208 

20,900 
7,288 

8,000
814
  $4,092,435  $4,145,243  $1,855,426  $1,594,841  $1,578,666

8,000 
4,093 

8,000 
7,260 

8,000 
7,288 

49 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities and their weighted average yields as of December 31, 

2009. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures. Available-
for-sale securities are shown at fair value and held-to-maturity securities are shown at amortized cost. Other securities are included in 
the corporate debt securities category. For purposes of the table below, tax-exempt states and political subdivisions are calculated on a 
tax equivalent basis. The QZAB and QSCB bonds are not calculated on a tax equivalent basis and the bonds generate tax credits as 
follows: QZAB at 7.18% and the QSCB’s at 6.11% and 5.95%. The tax credits are shown as a reduction to federal income tax 
expense.  

Within One 
Year
  Amount   Yield 

After One Year 
but 
Within Five Years  
  Yield 

Amount

December 31, 2009

After Five Years 
but 
Within Ten Years  
  Yield 
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)

After Ten 
Years

Total

Amount

  Yield 

Total

  Yield 

  $19,999  4.79%   $ 10,951  5.12%   $

10,791  5.63%   $

—    —    

  $

41,741  5.09% 

    1,816  6.14  

7,533  6.88  

28,863  6.32  

45,005  6.42  

83,217  6.42  

    7,288 4.25  

3,263  7.66  

—   —    

—    —    

10,551 5.46  

    —    —    
    21,354  3.60  

    21,719  4.88  
    151,502  4.20  

134,787  3.59  
  1,389,718  4.56  

140,386  3.43  
  2,101,833  4.60  

296,892  3.61  
    3,664,407  4.56  

    —    —    
  $50,457  4.26%   $ 203,550  4.49%   $1,564,159  4.52%   $2,300,124  4.54%   $4,118,290  4.52% 

12,900  1.58  

21,482  1.74  

8,582  2.00  

—    —    

U.S. Treasury securities and 

obligations of U.S. 
government agencies 

States and political 
subdivisions. 

Corporate debt securities and 

other 

Collateralized mortgage 

obligations. 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified Zone Academy 
Bond (QZAB) and 
Qualified School 
Construction Bonds 
(QSCB) 
Total 

The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is not a reliable indicator of their 

expected life because borrowers have the right to prepay their obligations at any time. Mortgage-backed securities monthly pay 
downs cause the average lives of the securities to be much different than their stated lives. The weighted average life of the 
Company’s complete portfolio is 3.1 years with an effective duration of 2.8 years at December 31, 2009.  

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its 

agencies) for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at such respective dates.  

The average yield of the securities portfolio was 4.69% in 2009 compared with 4.90% in 2008 and 4.84% in 2007. The 21 basis 

point decrease in 2009 was primarily due to the Company reinvesting funds at lower rates in 2009 compared to 2008. The overall 
growth in the average securities portfolio over the comparable periods was primarily funded by deposit growth and securities acquired 
in acquisitions.  

The following table summarizes the carrying value by classification of securities as of the dates shown:  

Available-for-sale 
Held-to-maturity 
Total 

2009

2008

$ 599,503  
  3,518,787  
$4,118,290  

$ 817,244  
3,343,157  
$4,160,401  

December 31,
2007
(Dollars in thousands)
$ 260,444  
1,597,162  
$1,857,606  

2006

2005

$ 434,331  
  1,155,972  
$1,590,303  

$ 410,361
  1,162,241
$1,572,602

50 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2009, 

2008 and 2007:  

Amortized 
Cost

December 31, 2009
Gross 
Unrealized
Losses

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains
(Dollars in thousands)

Fair 
Value

Amortized
Cost

December 31, 2008
Gross 
Unrealized
Losses

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains
(Dollars in thousands)

Fair 
Value

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations 

of U.S. government agencies 
States and political subdivisions 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond 

(QZAB) 

Other 

Total 

  $

1,014  $
49,280 
1,169 
  505,170 

1,398 
  —  
  24,306 

26  $ —       $

1,040  $ 91,103  $

(356)  
(31) 
(106)  

50,322 
1,138
  529,370 

50,008 
763 
1,437   —   
  16,914 

  642,529 

28  $ —       $ 91,131
48,925
1,379
  658,699

(1,846)  
(58) 
(744)  

8,000 
9,015 

582 
36 

$573,648  $ 26,348 $

8,000
—      
—      
9,110
(493)  $599,503 $802,086 $ 17,806  $ (2,648)  $817,244

  —      
  —      

  —   
101 

8,582 
9,051 

8,000 
9,009 

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies 

70% non-taxable preferred stock 
States and political subdivisions 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond (QZAB) 
Other 

Total 

December 31, 2007

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized
Losses

(Dollars in thousands)

$

15 
—   
962 
—   
1,614 
—   
53
$ 2,644 

$
(2)  
  —      
(148)  
(38)  
(276)  
  —      
  —      
(464)  
$

Fair 
Value

$
3,999
  14,025
  51,933
1,852
  171,607
8,000
9,028
$260,444

Amortized
Cost

$

3,986 
14,025 
51,119 
1,890 
170,269 
8,000 
8,975
$258,264 

51 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2009, 

2008 and 2007:  

Amortized 
Cost

December 31, 2009
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized 
Gains
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)

Fair 
Value

Amortized
Cost

December 31, 2008
Gross 
Gross 
Unrealized
Unrealized
Gains
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)

Fair 
Value

U.S. Treasury securities and 

obligations of U.S. government 
agencies. 

States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations  
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified School Construction 

Bonds (QSCB) 

1,621  $ —       $

  $

40,701  $
32,895 
1,500 
295,754 
  3,135,037 

809 
10 
3,652 
  111,045 

(1,050) 
  —      
(1,156)  
(22)  

42,322  $
32,654
1,510 
298,250 
3,246,060 

60,044  $ 2,328  $ —       $
201 
34,561  
63 
1,500 
2,222 
177,952 
  65,236 
3,069,100 

(3,152)  
  —      
(1,012)  
(62)  

62,372
31,610
1,563
179,162
3,134,274

12,900 

57 

—      

12,957 

Total 

  $3,518,787  $117,194  $ (2,228)   $3,633,753  $3,343,157  $ 70,050  $ (4,226)   $3,408,981

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies 

States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Total 

Amortized 
Cost

$

225,133 
36,398 
1,500 
222,062 
1,112,069 
$ 1,597,162 

December 31, 2007

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

1,572 
286 
14 
744 
6,603 
9,219 

$

$

(28)   
(304)   
—      
(1,914)   
(6,537)   
(8,783)   

Fair 
Value

$

226,677
36,380
1,514
220,892
  1,112,135
$ 1,597,598

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more 

frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI 
by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as 
available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments—Debt and Equity 
Securities. Certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and 
collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in 
ASC Topic 325, Investments-Other. The Company currently does not own any securities that are accounted for under ASC Topic 325. 

In determining OTTI under ASC Topic 320, management considers many factors, including: (i) the length of time and the extent 

to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (iii) whether the 
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (iv) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more 
likely than not will be required to sell the  

52 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree 
of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. If applicable, the second 
segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC Topic 325 that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on 
the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC Topic 325 model, the Company compares the present value of the remaining 
cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have 
occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.  

When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the other-than-temporary-impairment recognized in earnings depends on 

whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the 
security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal 
to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not 
intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the 
amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of 
cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors shall be 
recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in 
earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.  

Management does not intend to sell any debt securities or more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities 

before their anticipated recovery, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, management has 
the intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale that were in a loss position as of December 31, 2009 for a period of time 
sufficient for an entire recovery of the cost basis of the securities. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest 
rates over the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the 
securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not 
believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2009, management 
believes any impairment in the Company’s securities are temporary and no impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s 
consolidated income statement.  

During 2008, as part of its regular quarterly review for impairment of marketable securities, the Company recognized an other-

than-temporary impairment charge on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac government sponsored, investment grade perpetual callable 
preferred securities of $14.0 million pre-tax during the year ended December 31, 2008 and $10.0 million pre-tax during the year 
ended December 31, 2007. The Company recorded no other-than-temporary impairment charges in 2009. The other-than-temporary 
impairment charges were recorded on perpetual preferred stock issues classified as available-for-sale investment securities, which are 
included in the tables above as 70% non-taxable preferred stock, with a total book value of $24.0 million prior to recognition of the 
initial 2007 impairment charge and no book value after the 2008 impairment charge. The Company reclassified the unrealized mark-
to-market loss on these investment grade securities to an other-than-temporary impairment charge because of the recent significant 
decline in the market value of these securities and because management believes it is unlikely that these securities will recover their 
original book value within a reasonable amount of time. Both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities were investment grade at the 
time of purchase.  

Mortgage-backed securities are securities that have been developed by pooling a number of real estate mortgages and which are 

principally issued by federal agencies such as Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), Fannie Mae and Freddie 
Mac. These securities are deemed to have high credit ratings, and minimum regular monthly cash flows of principal and interest are 
guaranteed by the issuing agencies.  

53 

  
Unlike U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, which have a lump sum payment at maturity, mortgage-backed 

securities provide cash flows from regular principal and interest payments and principal prepayments throughout the lives of the 
securities. Mortgage-backed securities which are purchased at a premium will generally suffer decreasing net yields as interest rates 
drop because home owners tend to refinance their mortgages. Thus, the premium paid must be amortized over a shorter period. 
Therefore, these securities purchased at a discount will obtain higher net yields in a decreasing interest rate environment. As interest 
rates rise, the opposite will generally be true. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not 
tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and consequently, the average life of this security will be lengthened. If interest 
rates begin to fall, prepayments will increase, thereby shortening the estimated life of this security. At December 31, 2009, 57.4% of 
the mortgage-backed securities held by the Company had contractual final maturities of more than ten years with a weighted average 
life of 2.9 years.  

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are bonds that are backed by pools of mortgages. The pools can be Ginnie Mae, 
Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pools or they can be private-label pools. CMOs are designed so that the mortgage collateral will generate 
a cash flow sufficient to provide for the timely repayment of the bonds. The mortgage collateral pool can be structured to 
accommodate various desired bond repayment schedules, provided that the collateral cash flow is adequate to meet scheduled bond 
payments. This is accomplished by dividing the bonds into classes to which payments on the underlying mortgage pools are allocated 
in different order. The bond’s cash flow, for example, can be dedicated to one class of bondholders at a time, thereby increasing call 
protection to bondholders. In private-label CMOs, losses on underlying mortgages are directed to the most junior of all classes and 
then to the classes above in order of increasing seniority, which means that the senior classes have enough credit protection to be 
given the highest credit rating by the rating agencies.  

Deposits  

The Company’s lending and investing activities are primarily funded by deposits. The Company offers a variety of deposit 
accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and time accounts. The Company 
relies primarily on competitive pricing policies and customer service to attract and retain these deposits. The Company does not have 
or accept any brokered deposits.  

Total deposits at December 31, 2009 were $7.26 billion, a decrease of $44.7 million or 0.6% compared with $7.30 billion at 
December 31, 2008. Total deposits at December 31, 2008 were $7.30 billion, an increase of $2.34 billion or 47.1% compared with 
$4.97 billion at December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the Franklin Bank and 1  Choice acquisitions and the 
acquisition of six (6) branches of Banco Popular in 2008. Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2009 were $1.49 billion 
compared with $1.52 billion at December 31, 2008. Noninterest-bearing deposits were $1.52 billion at December 31, 2008, an 
increase of $354.9 million or 30.4% compared with $1.17 billion at December 31, 2007. Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 
2009 of $5.77 billion represented a $14.4 million decrease compared with $5.78 billion at December 31, 2008. Interest-bearing 
deposits at December 31, 2008 were $5.78 billion, up $1.98 billion or 52.2% compared with $3.80 billion at December 31, 2007. 
Total deposits at December 31, 2007 were $4.97 billion. There were no major concentrations of deposits at December 31, 2009, 2008 
or 2007.  

st

54 

  
The daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 

and 2007 are presented below:  

Interest-bearing checking 
Regular savings 
Money market savings 
Time deposits 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

Noninterest-bearing deposits 
Total deposits 

2009

Average 
Balance

Average
Rate  

Years Ended December 31,
2008

Average 
Balance
(Dollars in thousands)

Average
Rate  

2007

Average 
Balance

Average
Rate  

$1,082,332  
320,530  
  1,590,191  
  2,730,263  
  5,723,316  
  1,488,699  
$7,212,015  

0.79%  
0.56  
1.11  
2.48  
1.67  
—    
1.33%  

$ 791,739  
253,090  
1,158,052  
  1,997,152  
4,200,033  
1,271,408  
$5,471,441  

1.01%  
0.74  
2.24  
3.60  
2.56  
—    
1.97%  

$ 829,757  
222,397  
983,187  
  1,549,064  
  3,584,405  
  1,143,114  
$4,727,519  

1.97% 
0.99  
3.34  
4.60  
3.42  
—    
2.60% 

The Company’s ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the years ended December 31, 2009, 

2008, and 2007 was 20.6%, 23.2%, and 24.2%, respectively.  

The following table sets forth the amount of the Company’s certificates of deposit that are $100,000 or greater by time 

remaining until maturity:  

Three months or less 
Over three through six months.
Over six through 12 months
Over 12 months 
Total 

Other Borrowings  

December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
333,576
$
359,691
416,647
112,251
1,222,165

$

The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of 

funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and correspondent banks. FHLB advances are considered short-term, overnight 
borrowings. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $26.1 million in FHLB borrowings, all of which consisted of long-term FHLB 
notes payable compared with $229.4 million in FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2008, of which $29.4 million consisted of long-
term FHLB notes payable and $200.0 million consisted of short-term advances. FHLB advances are available to the Company under a 
security and pledge agreement. At December 31, 2009, the Company had total funds of $2.73 billion available under this agreement 
of which $26.1 million was outstanding. The weighted average interest rate paid on the FHLB notes payable at December 31, 2009 
was 5.5%. The maturity dates on the FHLB notes payable range from the years 2010 to 2028 and have interest rates ranging from 
3.08% to 6.10%. The highest outstanding balance of FHLB advances during 2009 was $231.0 million compared with $280.0 million 
during 2008. The average rate paid on FHLB advances for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 0.36%.  

At December 31, 2009, the Company had $72.6 million in overnight securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with 
$96.0 million at December 31, 2008, a decrease of $23.4 million or 24.4% with average rates paid of 1.25% and 2.83%, respectively. 

55 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
The following table presents the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2009 and 2008: 

FHLB advances 
FHLB long-term notes payable 

Total other borrowings 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

Total 

December 31,
2009

December 31,
2008

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

—    
26,140  
26,140  
72,596  
98,736  

$ 200,000
29,395
229,395
96,017
$ 325,412

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding $92.3 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to the 

Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts.  

A summary of pertinent information related to the Company’s eight issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding at 

December 31, 2009 is set forth in the table below:  

Description
Prosperity Statutory Trust II 

Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
Outstanding  
$ 15,000,000

Issuance Date
July 31, 2001

Prosperity Statutory Trust III 

Aug. 15, 2003

  12,500,000

Junior 
Subordinated 
Debt Owed 
to Trusts
$ 15,464,000

Maturity 
Date

(2)
July 31, 2031

  12,887,000

Sept. 17, 2033

(1)

Interest Rate
3 month LIBOR 
+ 3.58%, not to 
exceed 12.50%   
3 month LIBOR 

+ 3.00%

(3)

Prosperity Statutory Trust IV 

Dec. 30, 2003

  12,500,000

3 month LIBOR 

  12,887,000

Dec. 30, 2033

SNB Capital Trust IV  
(5)

TXUI Statutory Trust I

(6)

TXUI Statutory Trust II

(6)

Sept. 25, 2003

  10,000,000

  Sept. 07, 2000   
Dec. 19, 2003

7,000,000 
5,000,000

(4)

+ 2.85%
3 month LIBOR 
+ 3.00%
10.60%

3 month LIBOR 

+ 2.85%

(7)

  10,310,000

Sept. 25, 2033

7,210,000  Sept. 07, 2030
Dec. 19, 2033
5,155,000

TXUI Statutory Trust III

(6)

Nov. 30, 2005   15,500,000 3 month LIBOR 

  15,980,000

Dec. 15, 2035

TXUI Statutory Trust IV  
(6)

Mar. 31, 2006

  12,000,000

+ 1.39%
3 month LIBOR 
+ 1.39%

  12,372,000

June 30, 2036

  $ 92,265,000 

(1) The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of December 31, 2009 was 0.25063%. 
(2) All debentures are callable five years from issuance date except for TXUI Statutory Trust I which is callable ten years from 

issuance date. 

(3) The debentures bore a fixed interest rate of 6.50% until September 17, 2008, when the rate began to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the 3-month LIBOR plus 3.00%. 

(4) The debentures bore a fixed interest rate of 6.50% until December 30, 2008, when the rate began to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.85%. 

(5) Assumed in connection with the SNB acquisition on April 1, 2006. 
(6) Assumed in connection with the TXUI acquisition on January 31, 2007. 
(7) The debentures bore a fixed interest rate until January 23, 2009, when the rate began to float on a quarterly basis based on the 3-

month LIBOR plus 2.85%. 

56 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing 

the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent preferred 
beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of the junior 
subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly owned by the Company. Each trust’s 
ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related 
junior subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment 
to all of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s 
obligations under the trust securities issued by such trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds 
available for such obligations.  

Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at 

any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the debentures are 
deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred.  

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk  

The Company’s asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds 

management, and the Company has established a measurement system for monitoring its net interest rate sensitivity position. The 
Company manages its sensitivity position within established guidelines.  

As a financial institution, the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest 
rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the 
market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest 
rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of 
future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and 
to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.  

The Company manages its exposure to interest rates by structuring its balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. The 

Company does not enter into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial future 
contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of the Company’s 
operations, the Company is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets.  

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk is managed by the Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of 
senior officers of the Company, in accordance with policies approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The ALCO formulates 
strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO 
considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional 
economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity 
of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, 
purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the 
ALCO reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management 
uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (1) an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing liabilities; and (2) an interest rate shock simulation model. The Company has traditionally managed its business to reduce its 
overall exposure to changes in interest rates.  

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate 

change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and 
repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest- 

57 

  
bearing liabilities at specific points in time (“GAP”) and by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over 
specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest 
rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest income of a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset 
sensitive, or having a positive GAP, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period 
exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is 
considered to be liability sensitive, or having a negative GAP, when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing 
within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a 
period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to 
result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase 
in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely.  

The following table sets forth the Company’s interest rate sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2009:  

Interest-earning assets: 

Securities (excluding unrealized gain of 

$25.9 million) 

Loans 
Federal funds sold and other temporary 

investments 

Total interest-earning assets

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Demand, money market and savings 

deposits 

Certificates of deposit and other time 

deposits. 

Junior subordinated debentures 
Securities sold under repurchase 

agreements 
Other borrowings 

Total interest-bearing 

liabilities 
Period GAP 
Cumulative GAP 
Period GAP to total assets 
Cumulative GAP to total 

assets 

0-30 
days

31-180 
days

181-365 
days

Greater than 
one year

Total

Volumes Subject to Repricing Within

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$

$

$

$

153,822  
749,436  

21,554  
924,812  

$ 3,333,501  

240,560  
85,265  

72,596  
952  

$

$

$

549,316  
265,787  

—    
815,103  

—    

1,070,762  
—    

—    
10,133  

547,533  
286,610  

—    
834,143  

$2,841,764  
  2,074,873  

$4,092,435
3,376,706

—    
$4,916,637  

21,554
$7,490,695

—    

$

—    

$3,333,501

856,075  
7,000

265,040  
—    

2,432,437
92,265

—    
889  

—    
14,166  

72,596
26,140

$ 3,732,874  
$(2,808,062) 
$(2,808,062) 

$ 1,080,895  
$ (265,792) 
$(3,073,854) 

863,964  
$
$
(29,821) 
$(3,103,675) 

$ 279,206  
$4,637,431  
$1,533,756  

(31.73)%  

(3.00)%  

(0.34)%  

52.40%  

$5,956,939
$1,533,756

(31.73)%  

(34.73)%  

(35.07)%  

17.33%  

While the GAP position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk and contributes toward effective asset and liability 
management, it is difficult to predict the effect of changing interest rates solely on that measure, without accounting for alterations in 
the maturity or repricing characteristics of the balance sheet that occur during changes in market interest rates. For example, the GAP 
position reflects only the prepayment assumptions pertaining to the current rate environment. Assets tend to prepay more rapidly 
during periods of declining interest rates than during periods of rising interest rates. Because of this and other risk factors not 
contemplated by the GAP position, an institution could have a matched GAP position in the current rate environment and still have its 

58 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
net interest income exposed to increased rate risk. Additionally, the Company had $1.493 billion in noninterest-bearing deposits at 
December 31, 2009 that are not reflected in the table above and are not directly impacted by interest rate changes.  

The assumptions used are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or 
precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s 
simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the 
application and timing of various management strategies.  

In addition to GAP analysis, the Company uses an interest rate risk simulation model and shock analysis to test the interest rate 
sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet, respectively. Contractual maturities and repricing opportunities of loans are 
incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the investment portfolio. 
Assumptions based on past experience are incorporated into the model for nonmaturity deposit accounts. The assumptions used are 
inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of 
fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, 
magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various 
management strategies.  

The Company utilizes static balance sheet rate shocks to estimate the potential impact on net interest income of changes in 
interest rates under various rate scenarios. This analysis estimates a percentage of change in the metric from the stable rate base 
scenario versus alternative scenarios of rising and falling market interest rates by instantaneously shocking a static balance sheet. The 
following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income over a 12-month horizon as of December 31, 2009:  

Change in Interest 
Rates (Basis Points)
+200 
+100 
Base 
-100 

Percent Change 
in Net Interest Income 

(5.7)% 
(1.7)% 
—    
(2.6)% 

The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. The 
Company has found that historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal 
funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in a GAP analysis. The 
assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net 
interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ 
from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market 
conditions and the application and timing of various strategies.  

Liquidity  

Liquidity involves the Company’s ability to raise funds to support asset growth and acquisitions or reduce assets to meet deposit 

withdrawals and other payment obligations, to maintain reserve requirements and otherwise to operate the Company on an ongoing 
basis and manage unexpected events. During the two years ended December 31, 2009, the Company’s liquidity needs have primarily 
been met by growth in core deposits, security and loan maturities and amortizing investment and loan portfolios. Although access to 
purchased funds from correspondent banks and over-night advances from Federal Home Loan Bank-Dallas is available and has been 
utilized on occasion to take advantage of investment opportunities, the Company does not generally rely on these external funding 
sources.  

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the average assets in 
which those funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets for the period indicated. Average assets totaled 
$8.85 billion in 2009 compared to $7.03 billion in 2008.  

Source of Funds: 

Deposits: 

Non-interest-bearing 
Interest-bearing 

Junior subordinated debentures 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other borrowings 
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
Shareholders’ equity 

Total 

Uses of Funds: 

Loans 
Securities 
Federal funds sold and other interest-earning assets 
Other non-interest-earning assets

Total 
Average non-interest bearing deposits to total average deposits
Average loans to average deposits 

2009  

2008

16.82%  
64.65  
1.04  
1.06  
0.86  
0.83  
14.74  
100.00%  

39.04%  
45.79  
0.87  
14.30  
100.00%  
20.64%  
47.92%  

18.10% 
59.78  
1.42  
1.20  
1.77  
0.75  
16.98  
100.00% 

46.27% 
34.30  
2.33  
17.10  
100.00% 
23.24% 
59.41% 

The Company’s largest source of funds is deposits and its largest uses of funds are securities and loans. The Company does not 

expect a change in the source or use of its funds in the future. The Company’s average loans grew 6.3% for the year ended 
December 31, 2009 compared with the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in average loans has primarily been funded by an 
increase in deposits through acquisitions and internal growth. The Company predominantly invests excess deposits in government 
backed securities until the funds are needed to fund loan growth. The Company’s securities portfolio has a weighted average life of 
3.0 years and an effective duration of 2.8 years at December 31, 2009.  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding $496.7 million in commitments to extend credit and $13.4 million in 

commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and 
commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding 
requirements.  

The Company has no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditures of a 

material nature.  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $195.3 million compared with $228.6 million at 

December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in cash and due from banks of $38.6 million.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of 
December 31, 2009 (other than deposit obligations and securities sold repurchase agreements). The Company’s future cash payments 
associated with its contractual obligations pursuant to its junior subordinated debentures, FHLB notes payable and operating leases as 
of December 31, 2009 are summarized below. Payments for junior subordinated debentures include interest of $73.4 million that will 
be  

60 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
paid over the future periods. The future interest payments were calculated using the current rate in effect at December 31, 2009. With 
respect to floating interest rates, the payments were determined based on the 3-month LIBOR in effect at December 31, 2009. The 
current principal balance of the junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2009 was $92.3 million. Payments for FHLB notes 
payable include interest of $5.0 million that will be paid over the future periods. Payments related to leases are based on actual 
payments specified in underlying contracts.  

Junior subordinated debentures 
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable
Operating leases 
Total. 

Off-Balance Sheet Items  

More than 1
year but less
than 3 years  

Payments due in:

3 years or 
more but less
than 5 years   

(Dollars in thousands)

$

6,114  
4,062  
6,440  
$ 16,616  

$

$

6,114  
3,258  
3,828  
13,200  

5 years 
or more   

$150,402  
  11,458  
796  
  162,656  

Total

$165,687
  31,166
15,283
$212,136

1 year or less  

$

$

3,057  
12,388  
4,219  
19,664  

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles 

generally accepted in the United States, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these 
transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters 
of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the 
consolidated balance sheets.  

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring 
by period as of December 31, 2009 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to 
extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:  

Standby letters of credit 
Commitments to extend credit 

Total 

1 year or less  

$

11,147  
327,816  
$ 338,963  

More than 1
year but less
than 3 years  

3 years or 
more but less
than 5 years   

(Dollars in thousands)

$

2,212  
22,203  
$ 24,415  

$

$

60  
3,193  
3,253  

5 years 
or more   

$ —    
  143,529  
$143,529  

Total

$ 13,419
496,741
$510,160

Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the 
performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement 
with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the 
Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the 
Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of 
credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.  

Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed 
expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments 
to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company 
minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. 
Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance 
for credit losses.  

61 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Capital Resources  

Capital management consists of providing equity to support the Company’s current and future operations. The Company is 

subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and the Bank is subject to capital adequacy 
requirements imposed by the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital requirements for 
assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital 
requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure, adjusted for credit risk. The risk-based capital standards currently in 
effect are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among bank holding 
companies and banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and 
off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate relative risk weights. The resulting capital ratios 
represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.  

The risk-based capital standards issued by the Federal Reserve Board require all bank holding companies to have “Tier 1 
capital” of at least 4.0% and “total risk-based” capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) of at least 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets. “Tier 1 
capital” generally includes common shareholders’ equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock together with related surpluses and 
retained earnings, less deductions for goodwill and various other intangibles. “Tier 2 capital” may consist of a limited amount of 
intermediate-term preferred stock, a limited amount of term subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt 
securities, perpetual preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital, and a limited amount of the general valuation allowance for loan 
losses. The sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital is “total risk-based capital.”  

The Federal Reserve Board has also adopted guidelines which supplement the risk-based capital guidelines with a minimum 

ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated tangible assets, or “leverage ratio,” of 3.0% for institutions with well diversified 
risk, including no undue interest rate exposure; excellent asset quality; high liquidity; good earnings; and that are generally considered 
to be strong banking organizations, rated composite 1 under applicable federal guidelines, and that are not experiencing or 
anticipating significant growth. Other banking organizations are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. These rules 
further provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain capital 
positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on 
intangible assets.  

Pursuant to FDICIA, each federal banking agency revised its risk-based capital standards to ensure that those standards take 
adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk and the risks of nontraditional activities, as well as reflect the actual 
performance and expected risk of loss on multifamily mortgages. The Bank is subject to capital adequacy guidelines of the FDIC that 
are substantially similar to the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. Also pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has promulgated regulations 
setting the levels at which an insured institution such as the Bank would be considered “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the FDIC’s regulations, the Bank is 
classified “well-capitalized” for purposes of prompt corrective action.  

Total shareholders’ equity increased to $1.351 billion at December 31, 2009 compared with $1.255 billion at December 31, 
2008, an increase of $96.1 million or 7.7%. This increase was primarily the result of net income of $111.9 million and an increase in 
the change in unrealized gains on available for sale securities of $7.0 million, partially offset by dividends paid on the Common Stock 
of $26.2 million. During 2008, shareholders’ equity increased to $1.255 billion at December 31, 2008 compared with $1.127 billion at 
December 31, 2007, an increase of $127.7 million or 11.3%. This increase was primarily the result of net income of $84.5 million and 
$56.1 million in Common Stock issued in connection with the 1  Choice acquisition, partially offset by dividends paid on the 
Common Stock of $23.4 million.  

st

62 

  
The following table provides a comparison of the Company’s and the Bank’s leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of 

December 31, 2009 to the minimum and well-capitalized regulatory standards:  

The Company 

The Bank 

Leverage ratio 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  
Total risk-based capital ratio   

Leverage ratio 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  
Total risk-based capital ratio   

Minimum Required
for Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 

To Be Categorized as
Well-
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action 
Provisions

3.00%  
(1)
4.00  
8.00  

3.00%   
(2)
4.00  
8.00  

N/A  
N/A  
N/A  

5.00%  
6.00  
10.00  

Actual Ratio at 
December 31, 2009 

6.47% 

12.61  
13.86  

6.31% 

12.30  
13.55  

(1) The Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum. 
(2) The FDIC may require the Bank to maintain a leverage ratio above the required minimum. 

As of December 31, 2009, all trust preferred securities were counted as Tier 1 capital.  

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

For information regarding the market risk of the Company’s financial instruments, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and 

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Financial Condition—Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk. The 
Company’s principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.  

63 

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
ITEM

8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements, the report thereon, the notes thereto and supplementary data commence at page 74 of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K.  

The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly financial information concerning the Company’s results of operations 

for each of the two years indicated below. The information should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial 
statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA OF THE COMPANY  

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income after provision

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 
Earnings per share : 
(1)

Basic 
Diluted 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income after provision

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 
Earnings per share : 
(1)

Basic 
Diluted 

Quarter Ended 2009

December 31  

September 30 

June 30   

March 31

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)

$ 99,585  
19,496  
80,089  
8,500  
71,589  
14,711  
40,176  
46,124  
15,555  
$ 30,569  

$ 101,695  
24,282  
77,413  
7,250  
70,163  
15,236  
41,201  
44,198  
14,876  
29,322  

$

$102,768  
  27,247  
  75,521  
6,900  
  68,621  
  15,133  
  44,300  
  39,454  
  12,944  
$ 26,510  

$105,566
31,488
74,078
6,125
67,953
  15,017
44,023
38,947
13,469
$ 25,478

$
$

0.66  
0.65  

$
$

0.64  
0.63  

$
$

0.57  
0.57  

$
$

0.55
0.55

Quarter Ended 2008

December 31  

September 30 

June 30   

March 31

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)

$ 96,588  
32,631  
63,957  
6,000  
57,957  
13,508  
37,586  
33,879  
11,194  
$ 22,685  

$
$

0.49  
0.49  

$

$

$
$

84,846  
27,040  
57,806  
1,700  
56,106  
13,117  
46,230  
22,993  
7,546  
15,447   
(2)

$ 81,979  
  28,008  
  53,971  
1,000  
  52,971  
  13,066  
  30,860  
  35,177  
  11,740  
$ 23,437  

$ 84,465
  32,470
51,995
1,167
50,828
12,679
29,120
  34,387
11,449
$ 22,938

0.34   
(2)
0.33   
(2)

$
$

0.52  
0.52  

$
$

0.52
0.52

(1) Earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented and therefore may not total earnings per share 

for the year. 

(2) Includes a $14.0 million pre-tax, or $9.1 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities for the quarter ended 

September 30, 2008. 

64 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE  

None.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out 

an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and 
evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well 
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was 
required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) 
and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.  

Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial 

reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 
2009, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting.  

65 

  
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 

reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  

As of December 31, 2009, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 

based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission. This assessment included controls 
over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company 
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.  

Deloitte & Touche LLP the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of 
the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. The report is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm.”  

Compliance with Designated Laws and Regulations  

Management is also responsible for ensuring compliance with the federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders and 

the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions, both of which are designated by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as safety and soundness laws and regulations.  

Management assessed its compliance with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations and has maintained records 
of its determinations and assessments as required by the FDIC. Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company has 
complied, in all material respects, with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations for the year ended December 31, 
2009.  

66 

  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.  
Houston, Texas  

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as 

of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet 
the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s 
assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of the 
schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control 
over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 

Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control 
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control 
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of 
directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s 
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with 
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements.  

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper 

management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to 
the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We have not examined and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s 

statement referring to compliance with laws and regulations.  

67 

  
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 

financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 of the Company and our report dated March 1, 2010 expressed 
an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.  

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP  
Houston, Texas  
March 1, 2010  

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION  

None.  

PART III.  

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Election of 
Directors,” “Continuing Directors and Executive Officers,” “ Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate 
Governance—Committees of the Board—Audit Committee,” “Corporate Governance—Director Nomination Process” and 
“Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
(the “2010 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act within 120 days 
of the Company’s fiscal year end.  

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Executive 

Compensation and Other Matters” and “Director Compensation” in the 2010 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

SHAREHOLDER MATTERS  

Certain information required by this Item 12 is included under “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation 
Plans” in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by 
reference to the information under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Management of the Company and 
Principal Shareholders” in the 2010 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Corporate 

Governance—Director Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the 2010 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Fees and 

Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2010 Proxy Statement.  

68 

  
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

PART IV. 

1. Consolidated Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the report thereon and 

the notes thereto commencing at page 74 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Set forth below is a list of such Consolidated 
Financial Statements:  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
2. Financial Statement Schedules. All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because the required 

information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.  

3. The exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K listed below have been included only with the copy of this report filed 

with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company will furnish a copy of any exhibit to shareholders upon written 
request to the Company and payment of a reasonable fee not to exceed the Company’s reasonable expense.  

Each exhibit marked with an asterisk is filed or furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as noted below.  

Exhibit 
(1)
Number
2.1

—

3.1

—

3.2

—

3.3

—

4.1

—

4.2

—

Description
Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated November 7, 2008, by and among Prosperity Bank and the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation in its corporate capacity and in its capacity as receiver of Franklin Bank, S.S.B., 
Houston, Texas (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed November 13, 2008)

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))

Articles of Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended March 31, 2006)

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 19, 2007)

Form of certificate representing shares of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. common stock (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))

Indenture dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., as Issuer, and State Street Bank 
and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, with respect to the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated 
Deferrable Interest Debentures of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001)

69 

  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Number

Exhibit 
(1)
4.3

—

   Description

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Prosperity Statutory Trust II dated as of July 31, 2001 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 
30, 2001)

4.4

—

Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 31, 2001 by and between Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and State Street Bank 
and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001)

10.1†

—

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))

10.2†

—

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-63267))

10.3†

—

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-121767))

10.4†

—

10.5†

—

10.6†

—

10.7†

—

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity 
Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and David Zalman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009)

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity 
Bancshares, Inc., Prosperity Bank and H. E. Timanus, Jr. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., 
Prosperity Bank and James D. Rollins III (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective January 1, 2009 by and among Prosperity Bancshares, Inc., 
Prosperity Bank and David Hollaway (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009)

10.8†

—

Paradigm Bancorporation, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-100815))

10.9†

—

MainBancorp, Inc. 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755))

10.10†

—

Form of MainBancorp, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-110755))

10.11†

—

First Capital Bankers, Inc. 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)

10.12†

—

First Capital Bankers, Inc. Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004)

70 

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Number

Exhibit 
(1)
10.13†

   Description

—

SNB Bancshares, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-133214))

10.14†

—

Texas United Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to 
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-140425))

10.15†

—

Texas United Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-140425))

21.1*  —   Subsidiaries of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.

23.1*  —   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

31.1*

—

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended.

31.2*

—

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended.

32.1**

—

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2**

—

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
*
**
(1) The Company has other long-term debt agreements that meet the exclusion set forth in Section 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation 

Filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
Furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon request. 

(b) Exhibits. See the exhibit list included in Item 15(a)3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

(c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a)2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

71 

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant, has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Date: March 1, 2010  

SIGNATURES 

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
®

(Registrant) 

By: 

/s/    DAVID ZALMAN         
David Zalman 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.  

Signature

Positions

Date

/s/    DAVID ZALMAN        
David Zalman 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
Officer (principal executive officer); 
Director

/s/    DAVID HOLLAWAY        
David Hollaway 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial 
officer and principal accounting officer) 

/s/    JAMES A. BOULIGNY        
James A. Bouligny 

/s/    WILLIAM H. FAGAN, M.D.         
William Fagan, M.D. 

/s/    LEAH HENDERSON        
Leah Henderson 

/s/    NED S. HOLMES        
Ned S. Holmes 

/s/    PERRY MUELLER, JR., D.D.S.         
Perry Mueller, Jr., D.D.S. 

/s/    JAMES D. ROLLINS III        
James D. Rollins III 

/s/    HARRISON STAFFORD II        
Harrison Stafford II 

/s/    ROBERT STEELHAMMER        
Robert Steelhammer 

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

72 

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

March 1,2010

March 1,2010

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Signature

Positions

Date

/s/    H.E. TIMANUS, JR.        
H.E. Timanus, Jr. 

/s/    ERVAN ZOUZALIK        
Ervan Zouzalik 

Director

Director

73 

March 1, 2010

March 1, 2010

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.

® 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

74 

Page

75

76

77

78

79

80

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.  
Houston, Texas  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Prosperity Bancshares Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 

as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.  

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Prosperity 
Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 

Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 
March 1, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP  

Houston, Texas  
March 1, 2010  

75 

  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  

®

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Total cash and cash equivalents 
Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions 
Available for sale securities, at fair value 
Held to maturity securities, at cost (fair value of $3,633,753 and $3,408,981, respectively)
Loans held for investment 
Loans held for sale 
Less allowance for credit losses 

Loans, net 

Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $41,362 and $31,287, respectively
Bank premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned 
Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI), net 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas stock 
Leased assets 
Other assets 
TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

LIABILITIES: 

Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing 
Interest-bearing 

Total deposits 

Other borrowings 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Total liabilities 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: 

2008, respectively; 46,540,880 and 46,079,713 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $1 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 46,577,968 and 46,116,801 shares issued at December 31, 2009 and 
Capital surplus 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income—net unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax of $9,049 and $5,305, 
respectively 
Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares 
Total shareholders’ equity 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

76 

December 31,

2009
2008
(Dollars in thousands)

$ 194,963    
354    
195,317    
—      
599,503    
  3,518,787    
  3,376,703    
—      
(51,863)  
  3,324,840    
30,571    
876,987    
35,385    
148,855    
7,829    
48,091    
16,019    
326    
47,890    
$8,850,400    

$ 212,335  
16,298  
228,633  
106  
817,244  
  3,343,157  
  3,566,958  
99  
(36,970) 
  3,530,087  
34,617  
874,654  
38,196  
123,638  
4,450  
46,794  
15,483  
928  
14,377  
$9,072,364  

$1,492,612    
  5,765,938    
  7,258,550    
26,140    
72,596    
7,343    
42,261    
92,265    
  7,499,155    

$1,522,983  
  5,780,314  
  7,303,297  
229,395  
96,017  
14,625  
81,659  
92,265  
  7,817,258  

—      

—    

46,578    
870,460    
418,008    

46,117  
867,380  
332,363  

16,806    
(607)  
  1,351,245    
$8,850,400    

9,853  
(607) 
1,255,106  
$9,072,364  

  
  
 
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

®

INTEREST INCOME: 

Loans, including fees 
Securities 
Federal funds sold 
Deposits in financial institutions 
Total interest income

INTEREST EXPENSE: 

Deposits 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Other borrowings 

Total interest expense

NET INTEREST INCOME 
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
NONINTEREST INCOME: 

Service charges on deposit accounts
Gain on sale of securities, net 
Other 

Total noninterest income

NONINTEREST EXPENSE: 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Data processing 
Core deposit intangibles amortization
Depreciation expense 
Impairment write-down on securities
Other 

Total noninterest expense

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 
NET INCOME 
EARNINGS PER SHARE: 

Basic 
Diluted 

For the Years Ended December 31,
2008
2007
2009
(Dollars in thousands, except
per share data)

   $219,320   $227,466   $247,600
89,467
3,526
15
340,608

  190,106  
188  
—    
  409,614  

  118,186  
2,217  
9  
  347,878  

  95,834  
3,760  
1,166  
1,753  
  102,513  
  307,101  
  28,775  
  278,326  

  107,692  
6,439  
2,388  
3,630  
  120,149  
  227,729  
9,867  
  217,862  

  122,682
10,058
3,026
4,407
  140,173
200,435
760
199,675

  51,742  
—    
8,355  
  60,097  

  45,785  
—    
6,585  
  52,370  

40,937
86
11,900
52,923

  84,396  
  14,910  
6,449  
  10,076  
8,226  
—    
  45,643  
  169,700  
  168,723  
  56,844  

63,910
10,534
4,570
9,917
7,611
9,975
20,326
126,843
125,755
41,604
   $111,879   $ 84,507   $ 84,151

  70,818  
  12,469  
5,580  
9,797  
7,666  
  14,025  
  23,441  
  143,796  
  126,436  
  41,929  

  $
   $

2.42   $
2.41   $

1.87   $
1.86   $

1.96
1.94

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

77 

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

®

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2006 
Comprehensive Income: 
Net income 
Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale 

securities (net of tax of $2,351)

Total comprehensive income

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of 

stock options and restricted stock awards

Common stock issued in connection with the TXUI 

acquisition 
Navasota acquisition 

Common stock issued in connection with the Bank of 
Stock based compensation expense 
Cash dividends declared, $0.425 per share 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007 
Cumulative effect—split dollar insurance adjustment 
Comprehensive income: 
Net income 
Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale 

securities (net of tax of $4,542)

Total comprehensive income

Common stock issued in connection with the 1st Choice 

acquisition 

stock options and restricted stock awards

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of 
Stock based compensation expense 
Cash dividends declared, $0.513 per share 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008 
Comprehensive income: 
Net income 

Net change in unrealized gain on available for sale 

securities (net of tax of $3,744)

Total comprehensive income

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of 
stock options and restricted stock awards
Stock based compensation expense 
Cash dividends declared, $0.568 per share 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009 

Common Stock

Shares

  Amount 

32,829,873 

$ 32,830 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)  

Retained
Earnings 

Capital
Surplus
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
$425,557 

$ 209,581    

(2,950)  

$

$

Treasury
Stock  

Total 
Shareholders’
Equity

(607)  

$

664,411  

  84,151    

4,367    

337,148 

337 

3,148 

10,769,942 

  10,770 

  370,116 

251,360 

251 

8,237 
1,968

44,188,323

44,188

809,026

1,757,752 

1,758 

  54,385 

170,726 

171 

2,427 
1,542 

46,116,801 

  46,117 

  867,380 

  (20,325)  
273,407  
(2,174)  

  84,507    

  (23,377)  
  332,363    

  111,879    

1,417    

(607)  

8,436    

9,853    

(607)  

6,953    

461,167 

461 

1,565 
1,515

46,577,968

$ 46,578

$870,460

  (26,234)  
$ 418,008  

$

16,806    

$

(607)  

$

84,151  

4,367  
88,518  

3,485  

380,886  

8,488  
1,968  
(20,325) 
1,127,431  
(2,174) 

84,507  

8,436  
92,943  

56,143  

2,598  
1,542  
(23,377) 
1,255,106  

111,879  

6,953  
118,832  

2,026  
1,515  
(26,234) 
1,351,245  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

78 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

®

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 
Provision for credit losses 
Net accretion (amortization) of premium/discount on investments
(Gain) loss on sale or write down of premises, equipment and other real estate
Gain on sale of loans held for sale 
Gain on sale of securities 
Impairment write-down of securities
Net amortization of premium on loans and deposits 
Funding of loans held for sale 
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale
Stock based compensation expense 
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of held to maturity securities
Purchase of held to maturity securities 
Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of available for sale securities
Proceeds from the sales of available for sale securities 
Purchase of available for sale securities 
Net decrease (increase) in loans held for investment
Purchase of bank premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment and other real estate 
Purchase of Banco Popular branches 
Net cash acquired in the purchase of Banco Popular branches 
Purchase of 1  Choice Bancorp, Inc. 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of 1  Choice Bancorp, Inc.
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the Franklin Bank acquisition. 
Purchase of assets of Franklin Bank. 
Premium paid for deposits of Franklin Bank.
Purchase of Texas United Bancshares, Inc 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of Texas United Bancshares, Inc.
Purchase of the Bank of Navasota 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of the Bank of Navasota
Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions 

st

st

Net cash provided by investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net decrease in noninterest-bearing deposits
Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits 
(Repayments of) proceeds from other short-term borrowings 
Repayments of other long-term borrowings
Net (decrease) increase in securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures
Proceeds from stock option exercises 
Payments of cash dividends 

Net cash used in financing activities

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD
NONCASH ACTIVITIES: 
Stock issued in connection with the 1st Choice Bancorp, Inc. acquisition 
Stock issued in connection with the Texas United Bancshares, Inc. acquisition 
Stock issued in connection with the Bank of Navasota acquisition 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION: 
Income taxes paid 
Interest paid 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

79 

2009

For the Years Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)

2007

$

111,879    

$

84,507    

$

84,151  

17,463    
9,867    
(3,181)  
1,487    
(229)  
—      
14,025    
(2,010)  
—      
11,076    
1,542    
(8,315)  
(2,552)  
123,680    

548,960    
  (2,274,872)  
594,317    
—      
(789,735)  
(257,334)  
(7,901)  
20,416    
(437)  
112,788    
(19,230)  
84,240    
  3,953,125    
(724,262)  
(60,918)  
(70)  
—      
—      
—      
429    
  1,179,516    

(151,101)  
  (1,456,412)  
200,000    
(2,071)  
5,330    
(20,620)  
2,598    
(23,377)  
  (1,445,653)  
(142,457)  
371,090    
228,633    

$

18,302    
28,775    
930    
(623)  
—      
—      
—      
(6,917)  
—      
99    
1,515    
(31,290)  
(49,042)  
73,628    

898,293    
  (1,076,085)  
829,639    
—      
(599,999)  
148,533    
(34,974)  
27,697    
(50)  
—      
(17)  
—      
—      
(865)  
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
106    
192,278    

(33,187)  
(15,151)  
(200,000)  
(3,255)  
(23,421)  
—      
2,026    
(26,234)  
(299,222)  
(33,316)  
228,633    
195,317    

$

$

17,528  
760  
(7,279) 
(819) 
(1,334) 
(86) 
9,975  
(1,264) 
(52,258) 
165,488  
1,968  
23,690  
(4,444) 
236,076  

304,964  
(603,605) 
  1,014,952  
722,904  
  (1,434,953) 
137,802  
(7,175) 
9,132  
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
(2,152) 
114,469  
(8,858) 
19,175  
197  
266,852  

(78,238) 
(72,384) 
(212,809) 
(9,973) 
21,160  
(32,475) 
3,485  
(20,325) 
(401,559) 
101,369  
269,721  
371,090  

—    
380,886  
8,488  

$

$

—      
—      
—      

$

56,143    
—      
—      

61,100    

37,100    

34,400  

$

109,795    

$

144,677    

$

140,268  

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

®

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  
 (“Bancshares”) and its subsidiaries, Prosperity Holdings of Delaware, 
LLC (“Holdings”) and Prosperity Bank  (the “Bank”, and together with Bancshares and Holdings, collectively referred to as the 
“Company”) provide retail and commercial banking services. The Company operates its business as one domestic segment.  

Nature of Operations—Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.

®

®

The Bank operates one hundred fifty-eight (158) full-service banking locations; with fifty-one (51) in the Houston area, twenty-

seven (27) in the South Texas area including Corpus Christi and Victoria, twenty-seven (27) in the Central Texas area including 
Austin and San Antonio, twenty (20) in East Texas, twenty-four (24) in the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas area and nine (9) in the 
Bryan/College Station area.  

Accounting Standards Codification—The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards 

Codification (“ASC”) became effective on July 1, 2009. At that date, the ASC became FASB’s officially recognized source of 
authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental 
entities, superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Emerging Issues Task Force and related 
literature. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative 
GAAP for SEC registrants. All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative. The switch to the ASC affects the way 
companies refer to U.S. GAAP in financial statements and accounting policies. Citing particular content in the ASC involves 
specifying the unique numeric path to the content through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.  

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancshares and its wholly owned 

subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting policies of the 
Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the prevailing 
practices within the banking industry. A summary of significant accounting and reporting policies is as follows:  

Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates 
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date 
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include, 
but are not limited to, the calculation of stock-based compensation and the allowance for credit losses as well as the valuation of 
goodwill and available for sale securities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.  

Securities—Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of 
discounts. Management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold these assets as long-term securities until their 
estimated maturities.  

Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of 

tax, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale portfolio may be used as 
part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest risk, prepayment risk or other similar 
economic factors.  

Net other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses on individual investment securities are recognized as a realized loss 
through earnings when it is more likely than not that the Company will not collect all of the contractual cash flows or is unable to 
hold the securities to recovery.  

80 

  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that the Company does not intend to sell and will not 
be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, OTTI is separated into the amount that is credit-related and the amount 
that is due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is the difference between a security’s 
amortized cost basis and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective interest rate. The 
amount due to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.  

Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted for 
prepayments as applicable. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the sales of these 
assets. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income.  

Loans Held for Investment—Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discount and fees. 

Unearned discount relates principally to consumer installment loans. The related interest income for multipayment loans is recognized 
principally by the simple interest method; for single payment loans, such income is recognized using the straight-line method.  

Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Lending Activities—Loan origination fees in excess of the associated costs 

are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.  

Loan commitment fees and loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield by the interest method 

over the related loan life or, if the commitment expires unexercised, recognized in income upon expiration of the commitment.  

Nonperforming and Past Due Loans—Included in the nonperforming loan category are loans which have been categorized by 
management as nonaccrual because collection of interest is doubtful and loans which have been restructured to provide a reduction in 
the interest rate or a deferral of interest or principal payments. When the payment of principal or interest on a loan is delinquent for 90 
days, or earlier in some cases, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying 
collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic 
reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued during the 
current year prior to the judgment of uncollectibility is charged to operations. Interest accrued during prior periods is charged to the 
allowance for credit losses. Any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan amounts and next to the 
recovery of charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest.  

Restructured loans are those loans on which concessions in terms have been granted because of a borrower’s financial difficulty. 

Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms.  

Allowance for Credit Losses—The allowance for credit losses is a valuation allowance available for losses incurred on loans. 

All losses are charged to the allowance when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that such a loss is probable. 
Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.  

Throughout the year, management estimates the probable level of losses to determine whether the allowance for credit losses is 

adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Based on these estimates, an amount is charged to the provision for credit 
losses and credited to the allowance for credit losses in order to adjust the allowance to a level determined to be adequate to absorb 
losses.  

In making its evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, management considers factors such as historical loan 

loss experience, industry diversification of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio, the  

81 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

amount of nonperforming assets and related collateral, the volume, growth and composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, current 
economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the Company’s loan 
portfolio through its internal loan review process and other relevant factors.  

Estimates of credit losses involve an exercise of judgment. While it is possible that in the short term the Company may sustain 

losses which are substantial in relation to the allowance for credit losses, it is the judgment of management that the allowance for 
credit losses reflected in the consolidated balance sheets is adequate to absorb probable losses that exist in the current loan portfolio.  

The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance 

with ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” based on probable losses on specific loans; and (ii) a general valuation allowance based on 
historical loan loss experience, general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the 
Company in accordance with ASC Topic 450. A loan is defined as impaired by ASC Topic 310 if, based on current information and 
events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due, both interest and principal, according to the contractual 
terms of the loan agreement. Specifically, ASC Topic 310 requires that the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans be 
determined based on the difference of carrying value of loans and the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s 
effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is 
collateral dependent. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $6.1 million in nonaccrual loans, $2.3 million in 90 days or more past 
due loans and no restructured loans. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $2.1 million in nonaccrual loans, $7.6 million in 90 
days or more past due loans and no restructured loans. The recorded investment in impaired loans was $21.7 million and $12.8 
million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Such impaired loans required an allowance for credit losses of $5.4 million and 
$3.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest revenue received on impaired loans is either applied against 
principal or realized as interest revenue, according to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  

Premises and Equipment—Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is 
computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from three to 30 years. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases or the estimated useful lives, 
whichever is shorter.  

Goodwill—Goodwill is annually assessed for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company bases its evaluation on such impairment factors as the nature of the assets, 
the future economic benefit of the assets, any historical or future profitability measurements, as well as other external market 
conditions or factors that may be present.  

Amortization of Core Deposit Intangibles—Core deposit intangibles are amortized using an accelerated amortization method 

over an 8 to 10 year period.  

Income Taxes—Bancshares files a consolidated federal income tax return.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated tax consequences attributable to differences between the 

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Codification Topic 740: Income Taxes, which 

discusses the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial  

82 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

statements. U.S. GAAP also prescribes a specified recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as, provides guidance on 
derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.  

Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based 

method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. ASC Topic 718 was effective for companies 
in 2006, however, the Company has been recognizing stock-based compensation expense since January 1, 2003. The Company’s 
results of operations reflect compensation expense for all employee stock-based compensation, including the unvested portion of 
stock options granted prior to 2003. ASC Topic 718 requires that management make assumptions including stock price volatility and 
employee turnover that are utilized to measure compensation expense. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date 
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the input of subjective assumptions (see note 13).  

Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from 

banks as well as federal funds sold that mature in three days or less.  

Earnings Per Share—On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 260, 

“Earnings Per Share,” which provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or 
dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per 
share pursuant to the two-class method.  

ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share” requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two-class method, 

basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number 
of common shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per 
common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share 
computation plus the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or 
converted into common stock using the treasury stock method.  

Net income per common share for all periods presented has been calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 260. Outstanding 

stock options issued by the Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted average shares.  

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

Net income 
Basic: 

Weighted average shares outstanding 

Diluted: 

Weighted average shares outstanding 
Effect of dilutive securities—options 
Total 

2009

Amount

$111,879  

December 31,
2008

2007

Per Share
Amount   

Amount   

Per Share
Amount   

Amount   

Per Share
Amount

(In thousands, except per share data)

$84,507  

$84,151  

  46,177  

$ 2.42  

  45,300  

$ 1.87  

  42,928  

$ 1.96

45,300  
179  
45,479  

  42,928  
382  
  43,310  

$ 1.94

$ 1.86  

$ 2.41  

46,177  
177  
46,354  

83 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The incremental shares for the assumed exercise of the outstanding options were determined by application of the treasury stock 
method. There were no stock options exercisable at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 that would have had an anti-dilutive effect on 
the above computation.  

New Accounting Standards  
As discussed in Note 1—Accounting Standards Codification, on July 1, 2009, the Accounting Standards Codification became 
FASB’s officially recognized source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles applicable to all public and non-
public non-governmental entities, superseding existing FASB, AICPA, EITF and related literature. Rules and interpretive releases of 
the SEC under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other 
accounting literature is considered non-authoritive. The switch to the ASC affects the way companies refer to U.S. GAAP in financial 
statements and accounting policies. Citing particular content in the ASC involves specifying the unique numeric path to the content 
through the Topic, Subtopic, Section and Paragraph structure.  

FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new authoritative accounting guidance 

under ASC Topic 260 which provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or 
dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per 
share pursuant to the two-class method.  

ASC Topic 260 requires presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two-class method, basic earnings per 

common share is computed by dividing net earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares 
outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share is 
computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the 
potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common 
stock using the treasury stock method.  

FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities.” New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC 

Topic 320 (i) changes existing guidance for determining whether an impairment is other than temporary to debt securities and 
(ii) replaces the existing requirement that the entity’s management assert it has both the intent and ability to hold an impaired security 
until recovery with a requirement that management assert: (a) it does not have the intent to sell the security; and (b) it is more likely 
than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Under ASC Topic 320, declines in the fair value of held-
to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as 
realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. The Company adopted the provisions of the new authoritative accounting guidance under 
ASC Topic 320 during the first quarter of 2009. Adoption of the new guidance did not significantly impact the Company’s financial 
statements.  

FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” On January 1, 2009, new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 

805 became applicable to the Company’s accounting for business combinations closing on or after January 1, 2009. ASC Topic 805 
applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. ASC Topic 805 
requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling 
interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is required to be recognized and measured at 
fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a 
reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under previous accounting guidance whereby 
the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. 
ASC Topic 805 requires acquirers to  

84 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was 
previously the case under prior accounting guidance. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from 
contingencies are to be recognized at fair value if fair value can be reasonably estimated. If fair value of such an asset or liability 
cannot be reasonably estimated, the asset or liability would generally be recognized in accordance with ASC Topic 450. Under ASC 
Topic 805, the requirements of ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,” would have to be met in order to accrue for a 
restructuring plan in purchase accounting. Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-
contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, nothing should be recognized in purchase accounting and, 
instead, that contingency would be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria of ASC Topic 450. Adoption of the new 
guidance will have a significant impact on the Company’s accounting for business combinations closing on or after January 1, 2009.  

FASB ASC Topic 810, “Consolidation.” New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 amended prior guidance 

to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a 
subsidiary. Under ASC Topic 810, a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an 
ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. 
Among other requirements, ASC Topic 810 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts 
attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income 
statement, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest. The new 
authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 and did not have a 
significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

Further new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 amends prior guidance to change how a company 

determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be 
consolidated. The determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s 
purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic 
performance. The new authoritative accounting guidance requires additional disclosures about the reporting entity’s involvement with 
variable-interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement as well as its affect on the entity’s 
financial statements. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 810 will be effective January 1, 2010 and is not 
expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

FASB ASC Topic 820. ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value, establishes a framework 

for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The 
provisions of ASC Topic 820 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2008 for financial assets and financial liabilities and 
on January 1, 2009 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities (see Note 8—Fair Value).  

Additional new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 affirms that the objective of fair value when the market 

for an asset is not active is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction, and clarifies and includes 
additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in market activity for an asset when the market for 
that asset is not active. ASC Topic 820 requires an entity to base its conclusion about whether a transaction was not orderly on the 
weight of the evidence. The new accounting guidance amended prior guidance to expand certain disclosure requirements. The 
Company adopted the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 during the first quarter of 2009. Adoption of the 
new guidance did not significantly impact the Company’s financial statements.  

85 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

Further new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 provides guidance for measuring the fair value of a 
liability in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such instances, a 
reporting entity is required to measure fair value utilizing a valuation technique that uses (i) the quoted price of the identical liability 
when traded as an asset, (ii) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (iii) another valuation 
technique that is consistent with the existing principles of ASC Topic 820, such as an income approach or market approach. The new 
authoritative accounting guidance also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to 
include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. 
The forgoing new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820 became effective for the Company’s financial statements 
for periods ending after October 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

FASB ASC Topic 825. New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires an entity 

to provide disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments in interim financial information and amends prior guidance to 
require those disclosures in summarized financial information at interim reporting periods. The new interim disclosures required 
under ASC Topic 825 are included in Note 8—Fair Value.  

FASB ASC Topic 855. New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events,” establishes general 
standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued 
or available to be issued. ASC Topic 855 defines (i) the period after the balance sheet date during which a reporting entity’s 
management should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, 
(ii) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its 
financial statements, and (iii) the disclosures an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet 
date. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 855 became effective for the Company’s financial statements for 
periods ending after June 15, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

FASB ASC Topic 860. New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” amends prior 

accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have 
continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance eliminates the 
concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. The new 
authoritative accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial 
assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The new authoritative accounting 
guidance under ASC Topic 860 will be effective January 1, 2010 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s 
financial statements.  

2. ACQUISITIONS  

Acquisitions are an integral part of the Company’s growth strategy. All acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase 

method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entities were recorded at their fair values at the 
acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets for each acquisition was recorded as 
goodwill, none of which is deductible for tax purposes. The identified core deposit intangibles for each acquisition are being 
amortized using an accelerated amortization method over an 8 to 10 year life. The results of operations for each acquisition have been 
included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the respective acquisition date. The following acquisitions 
were completed on the dates indicated:  

86 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The Company had no acquisitions in 2009.  

On January 10, 2008, the Company completed its acquisition of six (6) Houston banking centers from Banco Popular North 

America. In connection with the acquisition, the Company assumed approximately $125.0 million in deposits. In the second quarter 
of 2008, one banking center was closed and consolidated with a nearby Company banking center. The Company paid a premium of 
$13.0 million or 10.1% to assume the deposits of Banco Popular.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $14.4 million, of which $1.3 million was identified as 

core deposit intangibles. The remaining $13.1 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  

On June 1, 2008, the Company completed its acquisition of 1st Choice Bancorp, Inc and its wholly-owned subsidiary, 1st 
Choice Bank. 1st Choice operated two (2) banking offices in Houston, Texas, with one location in South Houston and another in the 
Heights area. The Company’s Heights banking center was consolidated with the 1st Choice Heights location, with the resulting 
banking center being located in 1st Choice’s Heights banking office. As of March 31, 2008, 1st Choice had, on a consolidated basis, 
total assets of $313.9 million, loans of $198.9 million, deposits of $285.1 million and stockholders’ equity of $27.5 million. Under the 
terms of the definitive agreement, Prosperity issued 1,757,752 shares of Prosperity common stock plus approximately $18,758,000 in 
cash for all outstanding shares of 1st Choice.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $51.1 million, of which $637,000 was identified as core 

deposit intangibles. The remaining $50.5 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  

On November 7, 2008, the Bank assumed approximately $3.6 billion of deposits and acquired certain assets from the FDIC, 
acting in its capacity as receiver for Franklin Bank (the “Franklin acquisition” or the “Franklin Bank acquisition”). The FDIC entered 
into a purchase and assumption agreement with the Bank, in which the Bank paid a premium of $60.9 million to ensure that all 
deposits of Franklin Bank, both insured and uninsured, were transferred to it. Under terms of the purchase and assumption agreement, 
the Bank acquired certain assets from the FDIC, including approximately $350 million in U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities and 
approximately $360 million in performing loans. The remaining net proceeds from deposits assumed in the transaction were 
predominately invested in mortgage backed securities primarily issued by federal government agencies such as Ginnie Mae, Freddie 
Mac and Fannie Mae.  

While Franklin Bank operated forty-five (45) full service banking offices, the Company currently operates thirty-three (33) of 

these locations. The former Franklin Bank locations closed were consolidated into nearby Company banking centers.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $70.8 million, of which $7.3 million was identified as 

core deposit intangibles. The remaining $63.5 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  

87 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The following condensed statement of net liabilities acquired reflects the value assigned to the Franklin Bank net liabilities as of 

November 7, 2008.  

ASSETS: 
Cash and due from banks 
Securities 
Loans  
(1)
Accrued interest receivable and other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES: 
Deposits 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 
FRANKLIN NET LIABILITIES 

As of November 7,
2008

$

$

$

$
$

360,978
346,218
14,907
2,159
724,262

3,532,985
6,106
53,056
3,592,147
2,867,885

(1) Subsequent to November 7, 2008, pursuant to the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement, the Bank purchased an 

additional $344.8 million in performing loans from the FDIC during the fourth quarter of 2008. These loans were originated at 
the Franklin Bank community banking offices. 

The table below summarizes select pro forma data for the combined company for the periods indicated assuming the Franklin 

acquisition was effective on January 1 of the indicated periods. The information in the table below was calculated based on pro forma 
data related to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed from Franklin Bank for the period of November 7, 2008 to 
December 31, 2008 because historical financial statements and data of Franklin Bank for the periods presented was unavailable. The 
information in the table below also gives effect to the Company’s acquisition of TXUI in January 2007.  

Net interest income 
Net income 
Earnings per share (diluted) 
Weighted average diluted shares

For the twelve months ended 
December 31,

     2008       

      2007       

(In thousands)
(unaudited)

$274,978  
$104,464   
(1)
2.30   
$
(1)
45,479  

$256,727  
$108,510
(2)
$
2.45
(2)
  44,254  

(1)
(2)

Includes a $14.0 million pre-tax, or $9.1 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities. 
Includes a $10.0 million pre-tax, or $6.5 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities. 

The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred if the Franklin acquisition had 

occurred on January 1 of each indicated period, or of any future consolidated results.  

On January 31, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of Texas United Bancshares, Inc., La Grange, Texas (“TXUI”). 

Under the terms of the merger agreement, TXUI was merged into the Company and subsequently each of TXUI’s wholly owned 
subsidiary banks, State Bank, GNB Financial, n.a., Gateway National Bank and Northwest Bank, was merged into the Bank. The 
Company issued approximately 10.770 million shares of its common stock for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of TXUI. 
In addition, options to acquire 179,956 shares of TXUI common stock were converted into options to acquire  

88 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

179,956 shares of Company common stock. In connection with the acquisition, the Company assumed $44.8 million in junior 
subordinated debentures issued to five subsidiary trusts. TXUI was publicly traded and operated forty-one (41) banking offices in 
Texas. As of December 31, 2006, TXUI had, on a consolidated basis, total assets of $1.806 billion, loans (including loans held for 
sale) of $1.212 billion, deposits of $1.362 billion and shareholders’ equity of $161.9 million.  

The table below summarizes select pro forma data for the combined company for the periods indicated assuming the TXUI 
acquisition was effective on January 1 of the indicated periods. The information in the table below also gives effect to the Company’s 
acquisition of SNB in April 2006.  

Net interest income 
Net income 
Earnings per share (diluted) 
Weighted average diluted shares

For the twelve months ended 
December 31,

     2007       

      2006      

(In thousands)
(unaudited)

$206,685  
$ 86,063   
(1)
1.94   
$
(1)
44,254  

$218,986
$ 87,039
$
2.04
  42,612

(1)

Includes a $10.0 million pre-tax, or $6.5 million after-tax, impairment charge on write-down of securities. 

The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred if the TXUI acquisition had occurred 

on January 1 of each indicated period, or of any future consolidated results.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $353.5 million, of which $31.0 million was identified as 

core deposit intangibles. The remaining $322.5 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  

On September 1, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of The Bank of Navasota, N.A., Navasota, Texas through the 
merger of the Bank of Navasota into the Bank. The Company issued 251,360 shares of its common stock and paid approximately $8.6 
million in cash for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Bank of Navasota. The Bank of Navasota operated one 
banking office in Navasota, Texas, which became a full-service banking center of Prosperity Bank. As of June 30, 2007, the Bank of 
Navasota had total assets of $73.4 million, loans of $33.0 million, deposits of $63.8 million and shareholders’ equity of $9.1 million.  

In connection with the purchase, the Company recorded a premium of $9.1 million, of which $2.0 million was identified as core 

deposit intangibles. The remaining $7.1 million of the premium was recorded as goodwill.  

89 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

3. GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES  

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were as 

follows:  

Balance as of December 31, 2007
Less: 

Amortization 

Add: 

st

Acquisition of Franklin Bank.
Acquisition of 1  Choice Bancorp, Inc. 
Acquisition of Banco Popular branches 
Prior year acquisition of Bank of Navasota 
Prior year acquisition of Texas United Bancshares, Inc.

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions (deferred tax adjustments)

Balance as of December 31, 2008 

Less: 

Add: 

Amortization 

Prior year acquisition of Franklin Bank. 
Prior year acquisition of 1  Choice Bancorp, Inc. 
Prior year acquisition of Banco Popular branches 

st

Balance as of December 31, 2009 

Goodwill

Core Deposit
Intangibles  

(Dollars in thousands)

$753,909    

$ 46,069  

—      

(9,797) 

  61,303    
  50,460    
  13,122    
426    
(3,073)  
(1,493)  
  874,654    

—    
637  
1,287  
—    
—    
—    
38,196  

—      

(10,075) 

2,266    
17    
50    
$876,987    

7,264  
—    
—    
$ 35,385  

Purchase accounting adjustments to prior year acquisitions were made to adjust deferred tax asset and liability balances. 
Goodwill is recorded on the acquisition date of each entity. The Company may record subsequent adjustments to goodwill for 
amounts undeterminable at acquisition date, such as deferred taxes and real estate valuations, and therefore the goodwill amounts 
reflected in the table above may change accordingly. The Company initially records the total premium paid on acquisitions as 
goodwill. After finalizing the valuation, core deposit intangibles are identified and reclassified from goodwill to core deposit 
intangibles on the balance sheet. This reclassification has no effect on total assets or liabilities. Management performs an evaluation 
annually, and more frequently if a triggering event occurs, of whether any impairment of the goodwill and other intangibles has 
occurred. If any such impairment is determined, a write down is recorded. As of December 31, 2009, there was no impairment 
recorded on goodwill.  

Core deposit intangibles (“CDI”) are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated lives, which the Company believes 

is between 8 and 10 years. Gross core deposit intangibles outstanding were $76.7 million and $69.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 
December 31, 2008, respectively. Net core deposit intangibles outstanding were $35.4 million and $38.2 million at the same dates, 
respectively. Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $10.1 million and $9.8 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The changes are primarily due to the core deposit intangibles from the Franklin Bank 
acquisition and amortization.  

90 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for CDI remaining as of December 31, 2009 is as follows (dollars in 

thousands):  

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 
Total 

$ 8,662
  7,420
  6,033
  4,189
  3,073
  6,008
$35,385

4. CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS  

The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas to maintain average reserve balances. “Cash and due from banks” 
in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts so restricted of $39.0 million and $71.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively.  

5. SECURITIES  

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:  

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
States and political subdivisions 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond 
Other securities 
Total 
Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) 

Total 

91 

Amortized
Cost

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized
Losses

Fair 
Value

$

1,014  
49,280  
1,169  
505,170  
8,000  
9,015  
$ 573,648  

$

40,701  
32,895  
1,500  
295,754  
3,135,037  
12,900  
$3,518,787  

$

26  
1,398  
—    
24,306  
582  
36  
$ 26,348  

$

1,621  
809  
10  
3,652  
111,045  
57  
$117,194  

$ —      
(356)  
(31)  
(106)  
  —      
  —      
(493)  
$

$ —      
(1,050)  
  —      
(1,156)  
(22)  
  —      
$ (2,228)  

$

1,040
50,322
1,138
529,370
8,582
9,051
$ 599,503

$

42,322
32,654
1,510
298,250
3,246,060
12,957
$3,633,753

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:  

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
States and political subdivisions 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond 
Other securities 
Total 
Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies
States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Total 

Amortized
Cost

$

91,103  
50,008  
1,437  
642,529  
8,000  
9,009  
$ 802,086  

$

60,044  
34,561  
1,500  
177,952  
3,069,100  
$3,343,157  

Gross 
Unrealized
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized
Losses

$

28  
763  
—    
16,914  
  —    
101  
$ 17,806  

$ 2,328  
201  
63  
2,222  
65,236  
$ 70,050  

$ —      
(1,846)  
(58)  
(744)  
  —      
  —      
$ (2,648)  

$ —      
(3,152)  
  —      
(1,012)  
(62)  
$ (4,226)  

Fair 
Value

$

91,131
48,925
1,379
658,699
8,000
9,110
$ 817,244

$

62,372
31,610
1,563
179,162
3,134,274
$3,408,981

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more 

frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI 
by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as 
available for sale or held-to-maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments—Debt and Equity 
Securities. Certain purchased beneficial interests, including non-agency mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and 
collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in 
ASC Topic 325, Investments-Other. The Company currently does not own any securities that are accounted for under ASC Topic 325. 

In determining OTTI under ASC Topic 320, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the 
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more 
likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-
temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to 
management at a point in time. If applicable, the second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance provided by ASC Topic 325 
that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. Under the ASC Topic 325 model, 
the Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current 
expected remaining cash flows. An OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected 
future cash flows.  

When OTTI occurs under either model, the amount of the other-than-temporary-impairment recognized in earnings depends on 

whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to  

92 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period 
credit loss, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and 
its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity 
will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be 
separated into the amount representing the credit related portion of the impairment loss (“credit loss”) and the noncredit portion of the 
impairment loss (“noncredit portion”). The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the difference 
between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis and such difference is recognized in 
earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to the noncredit portion shall be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of 
applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis 
of the investment.  

Management believes the Company does not intend to sell any debt securities or more likely than not will not be required to sell 

any debt securities before their anticipated recovery, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. 
Furthermore, management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale that were in a loss position as 
of December 31, 2009 for a period of time sufficient for an entire recovery of the cost basis of the securities. The unrealized losses are 
largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair 
value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments 
decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of 
December 31, 2009, management believes any impairment in the Company’s securities are temporary and no impairment loss has 
been realized in the Company’s consolidated income statement.  

As part of its regular quarterly review for impairment of marketable securities, the Company recognized an other-than-
temporary impairment charge of $14.0 million pre-tax and $10.0 million pre-tax on Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 
(“FHLMC” or Freddie Mac) and on Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA” or Fannie Mae) government sponsored, 
investment grade perpetual callable preferred securities during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The other-
than-temporary-impairment charges were recorded on six perpetual preferred stock issues classified as available for sale investment 
securities with a total book value (prior to recognition of the impairment charges) of $24.0 million. The Company decided to 
recognize the unrealized mark-to-market loss on these investment grade securities as an other-than-temporary impairment charge 
because of the significant decline in the market value of these securities and because management believes it is unlikely that these 
securities will recover their original book value within a reasonable amount of time. Market value decreases on available for sale 
securities are recorded as an unrealized mark-to-market loss and reflected as a reduction to shareholders’ equity through other 
comprehensive income. Accordingly, the recognition of the other-than-temporary impairment non-cash charge did not affect 
shareholders’ equity, or tangible shareholders’ equity.  

93 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position at 

December 31, 2009 were as follows:  

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies 

States and political subdivisions 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Total 
Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies 

States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Total 

Less than 12 Months

Estimated
Fair Value   

Unrealized
Losses

More than 12 Months

Estimated
Fair Value  

Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)

Total

Estimated 
Fair Value   

Unrealized
Losses

$ —    
3,152  
—    
3,807  
6,959  

$

$ —      
(42) 
  —      
(20)  
(62)  

$

$ —    
5,882  
  1,139  
8,875  
$ 15,896  

$ —      
(314)  
(31)  
(86)  
(431)  

$

$ —    
9,034  
1,139  
  12,682  
$ 22,855  

$ —    
(356) 
(31) 
(106) 
(493) 

$

$ —    
1,268  
—    
  100,666  
1,514  
$103,448  

$ —      
(67) 
  —      
(193)  
(6)  
(266) 

$

$ —    
11,630  
  —    
9,322  
2,863  
$ 23,815  

$ —      
(983)  
  —      
(963)  
(16)  
$ (1,962)  

$ —    
  12,898  
—    
  109,988  
4,377  
$127,263  

$ —    
(1,050) 
  —    
(1,156) 
(22) 
$ (2,228) 

At December 31, 2009, there were approximately 339 securities in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months.  

Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position at 

December 31, 2008 were as follows:  

Available for Sale 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies 

States and political subdivisions 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Total 
Held to Maturity 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. 

government agencies 

States and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 
Collateralized mortgage obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 

Total 

Less than 12 Months

Estimated
Fair Value  

Unrealized
Losses

More than 12 Months

Estimated
Fair Value  

Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)

Total

Estimated 
Fair Value  

Unrealized
Losses

$ —    
  20,409  
24  
  33,777  
$ 54,210  

$ —      
(1,067)  
(1) 
(537)  
$ (1,605)  

$ —    
4,039  
1,356  
  11,706  
$ 17,101  

$ —      
(779)  
(57)  
(207)  
$ (1,043)  

$ —    
  24,448  
  1,380  
  45,483  
$ 71,311  

$ —    
(1,846) 
(58) 
(744) 
$ (2,648) 

$ —    
  18,297  
  —    
  14,402  
  3,260  
$ 35,959  

$ —      
(2,754) 
—    
(925)  
(36)  
$ (3,715)  

$ —    
1,639  
—    
  1,091  
2,670  
$ 5,400  

$ —      
(398)  
—      
(87)  
(26)  
(511)  

$

$ —    
  19,936  
  —    
  15,493  
  5,930  
$ 41,359  

$ —    
(3,152) 
—    
(1,012) 
(62) 
$ (4,226) 

94 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2009, by contractual maturity, are shown below. 
Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations at any 
time with or without call or prepayment penalties.  

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Subtotal 
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

Total 

December 31, 2009

Held to Maturity

Available for Sale

Amortized
Cost

$

20,774  
16,282  
20,817  
30,123  
87,996  
3,430,791  
$3,518,787  

Fair 
Value
(Dollars in thousands)

Amortized 
Cost

$

21,048  
17,342  
21,759  
29,294  
89,443  
3,544,310  
$3,633,753  

8,303  
$
  13,369  
  18,003  
  27,634  
  67,309  
  506,339  
$573,648  

Fair 
Value

$

8,328
14,047
18,838
  27,782
68,995
530,508
$599,503

There were no sales of securities classified as available for sale for the year ended December 31, 2009 or 2008.  

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its 

agencies) for which aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity at such respective dates.  

Securities with an amortized cost of $2.35 billion and $1.90 billion and a fair value of $2.44 billion and $1.93 billion at 

December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted 
by law.  

6. LOANS  

The loan portfolio consists of various types of loans made principally to borrowers located in South and Southeast Texas, 

Houston, Central Texas, East Texas, Corpus Christi and Dallas/Fort Worth and is classified by major type as follows:  

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate: 

Construction and land development 
1-4 family residential 
Home equity 
Commercial mortgage
Farmland 
Multi-family residential

Agriculture 
Consumer (net of unearned discount) 
Other 

Total

(1)

(1)

Includes loans held for sale. 

95 

December 31,

2009

2008

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 392,975  

$ 482,476

557,245  
709,101  
117,661  
1,261,267  
93,288  
77,952  
42,241  
102,436  
22,537  
$3,376,703  

666,081
668,097
107,048
  1,268,340
96,970
75,063
48,679
137,639
16,664
$3,567,057

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The Company had $16.4 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 compared with $14.4 million at December 31, 

2008. The nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 consisted of one hundred-thirteen (113) separate credits or ORE properties, of 
which forty-six (46) credits were related to loans acquired in the Company’s 2008 and 2007 acquisitions. The nonperforming assets at 
December 31, 2008 consisted of ninety-eight (98) separate credits or ORE properties, of which 45 credits were related to loans 
acquired in the Company’s 2007 and 2008 acquisitions. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 
2009, 2008 and 2007 was $434,000, $121,000 and $47,000, respectively.  

The contractual maturity ranges of the 1-4 family residential, home equity, commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage, 

construction and land development, and agriculture portfolios and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates and 
floating rates in each maturity range are summarized in the following table:  

1-4 family residential and home equity
Commercial and industrial 
Commercial mortgage 
Construction and land development 
Agriculture 
Total 

Loans with a predetermined interest rate.
Loans with a floating interest rate. 

Total 

One Year
or Less

$ 17,236  
172,945  
  60,187  
154,685  
27,483  
$432,536  
$142,225  
290,311  
$432,536  

December 31, 2009

After One 
Through 
Five Years   

After Five 
Years
(Dollars in thousands)

$ 68,102  
152,456  
  138,943  
105,506  
13,990  
$478,997  
$289,979  
189,018  
$478,997  

$ 741,424  
67,574  
  1,062,137  
297,054  
768  
$2,168,957  
$ 797,186  
  1,371,771  
$2,168,957  

Total

$ 826,762
392,975
  1,261,267
557,245
42,241
$3,080,490
$1,229,390
1,851,100
$3,080,490

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, loans outstanding to directors, officers and their affiliates totaled $15.5 million and $15.1 
million, respectively. All transactions entered into between the Company and such related parties are done in the ordinary course of 
business, made on the same terms and conditions as similar transactions with unaffiliated persons.  

An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows:  

Beginning balance 
New loans and reclassified related loans
Repayments 
Ending balance 

96 

Year Ended December 31,

    2009      

    2008      

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 15,067    
3,521    
(3,048)   
$ 15,540    

$ 6,685  
  12,046  
(3,664) 
$ 15,067  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

7. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES  

An analysis of activity in the allowance for credit losses is as follows:  

Balance at beginning of year. 

st

Balance acquired in the 1  Choice acquisition 
Balance acquired in the TXUI and Navasota acquisitions
Addition—provision charged to operations 
Charge-offs and recoveries:

Loans charged off 
Loan recoveries 

Net charge-offs 
Balance at end of year. 

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)

2007

$ 36,970    
—      
—      
28,775    

  (15,399)  
1,517    
(13,882)  
$ 51,863    

$32,543    
  2,182    
  —      
  9,867    

  (9,182)  
  1,560    
  (7,622)  
$36,970    

$23,990  
  —    
  13,386  
760  

  (8,162) 
  2,569  
  (5,593) 
$32,543  

The Company’s allowance for credit losses consists of two elements: (i) specific valuation allowances determined in accordance 

with ASC Topic 310, “Receivables” based on probable losses on specific loans; and (ii) a general valuation allowance based on 
historical loan loss experience, general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the 
Company in accordance with ASC Topic 450. The recorded investment in impaired loans was $21.7 million and $12.8 million at 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Such impaired loans required an allowance for credit losses of $5.4 million and $3.5 
million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

8. FAIR VALUE  

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 820, which defines fair value, addresses aspects of the 
expanding application of fair value accounting and establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value. Fair values represent 
the estimated price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability, otherwise knows as an “exit price”.  

Fair Value Hierarchy  

ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, these inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below:  
  Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets include US Treasury securities that 

•

are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets. 

•

  Level 2—Other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities) or 

other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets 
or liabilities. The Company’s Level 2 assets include US government and agency mortgage-backed securities, corporate 
securities, municipal bonds and CRA funds.  
  Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of 

•

the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments 

97 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as 
instruments for which the determination of fair values requires significant management judgment or estimation.  

In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to 

ASC Topic 820.  

The following tables present fair value measurements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:  

2009: 
Measured on a recurring basis: 

Available for sale securities (at fair value) 
Total December 31, 2009 

2008: 
Measured on a recurring basis: 

Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions 
Available for sale securities (at fair value) 
Total December 31, 2008 

Level 1  

Level 2   

Level 3  
(Dollars in thousands)

Total

$ —    
$ —    

$599,503  
$599,503  

$ —    
$ —    

$599,503
$599,503

$ 106  
  —    
$ 106  

$ —    
  817,244  
$817,244  

$ —    
  —    
$ —    

$
106
$817,244
$817,350

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair 

value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of 
impairment). These instruments include other real estate owned, repossessed assets, held to maturity debt securities and impaired 
loans per ASC Topic 310. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had additions to other real estate owned of $27.4 
million of which $7.1 million were outstanding December 31, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company had 
additions to impaired loans of $18.3 million of which $14.7 million were outstanding December 31, 2009. The remaining financial 
assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis that were recorded in 2009 and remained outstanding at 
December 31, 2009 were not significant.  

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an 
orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such 
asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the 
income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include 
the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy 
for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest 
priority to unobservable inputs  

The fair value disclosures below represent the Company’s estimates based on relevant market information and information about 

the financial instruments. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic 
conditions, risk characteristics of the various instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve 
uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the above 
methodologies and assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.  

98 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is 

practicable to estimate that value:  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Interest Bearing Deposits in Financial Institutions and Federal Funds Sold—The carrying 

amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value for these short-term instruments.  

Securities—The fair value of securities is determined by quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is not 

available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.  

Loans Held for Investment and Sale—For certain homogeneous fixed-rate categories of loans (such as some residential 
mortgages and other consumer loans), fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the risk-free Treasury rate for 
the applicable maturity, adjusted for servicing and credit risk. The carrying value of variable rate loans approximates fair value 
because the loans reprice frequently to current market rates.  

Deposits—The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on 

demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for 
deposits of similar remaining maturities.  

Junior Subordinated Debentures—The fair value of the junior subordinated debentures was calculated using the quoted 

market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar 
subordinated debentures.  

Other Borrowings—Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to 

estimate the fair value of other borrowings using a discounted cash flows methodology.  

Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements—The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements is the amount 

payable on demand at the reporting date.  

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments—The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is 
estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement 
and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.  

99 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

FASB ASC Topic 825, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial 

assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The carrying 
amount and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:  

Financial assets: 

Cash and due from banks 
Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions 
Federal funds sold 
Held to maturity securities 
Available for sale securities 
Loans held for investment and sale, net of allowance for credit losses

Total 
Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Other borrowings 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements 

Total 

2009

Carrying 
Amount

December 31,

Estimated 
Fair Value   

Carrying 
Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

2008

Estimated 
Fair Value

   $ 194,963   $ 194,963   $ 212,335   $ 212,335
106
16,298
3,408,981
817,244
3,577,158
  $7,638,447   $7,756,966   $7,919,227   $8,032,122

106  
16,298  
  3,343,157  
817,244  
  3,530,087  

—    
354  
3,518,787  
599,503  
3,324,840  

—    
354  
3,633,753  
599,503  
3,328,393  

  $7,258,550   $7,279,201   $7,303,297   $7,337,773
95,801
232,716
96,017
  $7,449,551   $7,471,666   $7,720,974   $7,762,307

92,265  
229,395  
96,017  

92,265  
26,140  
72,596  

92,538  
27,331  
72,596  

The Company’s off-balance sheet commitments are funded at current market rates at the date they are drawn upon. It is 

management’s opinion that the fair value of these commitments would approximate their carrying value, if drawn upon.  

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates indicated. 

Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have 
not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of 
fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.  

9. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

Land 
Buildings 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Construction in progress 

Total 

Less accumulated depreciation

Premises and equipment, net

100 

Year Ended December 31,

     2009       

      2008       

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 48,684    
110,229    
22,445    
1,266    
182,624    
(33,769)  
$148,855    

$ 37,291  
  95,385  
  24,449  
88  
  157,213  
  (33,575) 
$123,638  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

Depreciation expense was $8.2 million, $7.7 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 

respectively.  

10. DEPOSITS  

Included in interest-bearing deposits are certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more. These certificates and their 

remaining maturities at December 31, 2009 were as follows:  

Three months or less 
Over three through six months. 
Over six through 12 months 
Over 12 months 
Total 

December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)
333,576
$
359,691
416,647
112,251
1,222,165

$

Interest expense for certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 was $36.3 million, $37.5 million and $36.4 million, for the 

years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

The Company has no brokered deposits and there are no major concentrations of deposits with any one depositor.  

11. OTHER BORROWINGS AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS  

The Company utilizes borrowings to supplement deposits to fund its lending and investment activities. Borrowings consist of 

funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and correspondent banks. FHLB advances are considered short-term, overnight 
borrowings and FHLB notes payable are considered long-term borrowings. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $26.1 million in 
FHLB borrowings, all of which consisted of long-term FHLB notes payable compared with $229.4 million in FHLB borrowings at 
December 31, 2008, of which $29.4 million consisted of long-term FHLB notes payable and $200.0 million consisted of short-term 
advances. FHLB advances are available to the Company under a security and pledge agreement. At December 31, 2009, the Company 
had total funds of $2.73 billion available under this agreement of which $26.1 million was outstanding. The weighted average interest 
rate paid on the FHLB notes payable at December 31, 2009 was 5.5%. As of December 31, 2009, the maturity dates on the FHLB 
notes payable ranged from the years 2010 to 2028 and had interest rates ranging from 3.08% to 6.10%. The highest outstanding 
balance of FHLB advances during 2009 was $231.0 million compared with $280.0 million during 2008. The average rate paid on 
FHLB advances for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 0.36%.  

At December 31, 2009, the Company had $72.6 million in overnight securities sold under repurchase agreements compared with 
$96.0 million at December 31, 2008, a decrease of $23.4 million or 24.4% with average rates paid of 1.25% and 2.83%, respectively. 

The following table presents the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:  

FHLB advances 
FHLB long-term notes payable 

Total other borrowings 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements 

Total 

101 

December 31,
2009

December 31,
2008

(Dollars in thousands)
—    
26,140  
26,140  
72,596  
98,736  

$ 200,000
29,395
  229,395
96,017
$ 325,412

$

$

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

12. INCOME TAXES  

The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows:  

Current 
Deferred. 
Total 

2009

Year Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)
$35,214  
  6,715  
$41,929  

2007

$35,709
  5,895
$41,604

$61,794    
(4,950)  
$56,844    

The provision for federal income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rate on 

income as follows:  

Taxes calculated at statutory rate 
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest 
Qualified Zone Academy Bond credit 
Qualified School Construction Bond credit 
Dividends received deduction
BOLI income 
Qualified stock options 
Other, net 

Total 

102 

2009

$59,053    

Year Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)
$44,253    

2007

$44,014  

(1,825)  
(373)  
(29)  
—      
(470)  
148    
340    
$56,844    

  (1,698)  
(373)  
  —      
(106)  
(704)  
205    
352    
$41,929    

  (1,579) 
(373) 
  —    
(288) 
(663) 
280  
213  
$41,604  

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:  

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for credit losses
Accrued liabilities 
Certificates of deposit
Deferred compensation
Securities 
Restricted stock 

Total deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities: 

Loans 
Goodwill and core deposit intangibles 
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
Bank premises and equipment 
Deferred loan fees and costs
Investments in partnerships
Prepaid expenses 
FHLB dividends 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities. 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

December 31,

2009
2008
(Dollars in thousands)

$ 17,854    
3,484    
64    
338    
989    
791    
23,520    

$

(325)  
(13,032)  
(9,049)  
(6,019)  
(399)  
(7,857)  
(707)  
—      
(8)  
(37,396)  
$(13,876)  

$ 12,605  
3,459  
149  
341  
1,543  
630  
  18,727  

$
(159) 
  (16,902) 
(5,305) 
(3,298) 
(322) 
(6,909) 
(851) 
(41) 
(22) 
  (33,809) 
$(15,082) 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in 

which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, 
projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable 
income and estimates of future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes 
it is more likely than not the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences at December 31, 2009. The change in 
the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities include purchase accounting adjustments.  

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and 
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the 
financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate 
taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not 
recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized 
in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer 
meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which 
that threshold is no longer met. The Company had no tax positions at December 31, 2009 that did not meet the more-likely-than not 
recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, 
interest and penalties. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with audits is to record such items as a  

103 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

component of income before taxes. Penalties are recorded in other (gains) losses and interest paid or received is recorded in interest 
expense or interest income, respectively, in the consolidated statement of income. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has not 
accrued any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has identified its federal tax return and its state 
tax return in Texas as “major” tax jurisdictions, as defined. The only periods subject to examination for the Company’s federal return 
are the 2006 through 2008 tax years.  

13. STOCK INCENTIVE PROGRAMS  

At December 31, 2009, the Company had three stock-based employee compensation plans and four stock option plans assumed 
in connection with acquisitions under which no additional options will be granted. The Company accounts for stock-based employee 
compensation plans using the fair value-based method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 718. ASC Topic 718 was 
effective for companies in 2006; however, the Company has been recognizing compensation expense since January 1, 2003. The 
Company recognized $1.5 million in stock-based compensation expense for each year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and $2.0 
million for the year ended December 31, 2007. There was approximately $383,000, $334,000 and $409,000 of income tax benefit 
recorded for the stock-based compensation expense for the same periods, respectively.  

During 1995, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock option plan (the “1995 Plan”) for executive officers and key 

associates to purchase common stock of Bancshares. A total of 675,000 options have been granted under the 1995 Plan as of 
December 31, 2009. The maximum number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the 1995 Plan was 
680,000 (after two-for-one and four-for-one stock splits). Options to purchase a total of 15,000 shares of common stock of Bancshares
were outstanding at December 31, 2009, of which 7,500 options were exercisable. The 1995 Plan has expired and therefore no 
additional options may be issued from the 1995 Plan.  

During 1998, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock 

Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan”) which authorizes the issuance of up to 920,000 (after two-for-one stock split) shares of the common 
stock of Bancshares under both non-qualified and incentive stock options to employees and non-qualified stock options to directors 
who are not employees. The 1998 Plan also provides for the granting of restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, phantom 
stock awards and performance awards on substantially similar terms. A total of 834,500 options have been granted under the 1998 
Plan as of December 31, 2009. Options to purchase a total of 591,957 shares of common stock of Bancshares were outstanding at 
December 31, 2009, of which 393,232 options were exercisable. The 1998 Plan has expired and therefore no additional options may 
be issued from the 1995 Plan.  

In December 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors established the Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan 
(the “2004 Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on February 23, 2005. The 2004 Plan authorizes the issuance 
of up to 1,250,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options granted under the 2004 Plan or upon the grant or exercise, as 
the case may be, of other awards granted under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan provides for the granting of incentive and nonqualified 
stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options to directors who are not employees. The 2004 Plan also provides for the 
granting of shares of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards and performance awards on substantially 
similar terms. A total of 199,500 options and 447,591 shares of restricted stock have been granted under the 2004 Plan as of 
December 31, 2009. Options to purchase a total of 199,500 shares of common stock of Bancshares were outstanding at December 31, 
2009, of which 29,750 were exercisable. At December 31, 2009, 385,898 shares of restricted stock were outstanding and subject to 
forfeiture restrictions. Remaining shares available for grant under the 2004 Plan totaled 602,909 at December 31, 2009.  

104 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

On September 1, 2002, the Company acquired Paradigm Bancorporation. The options to purchase shares of Paradigm common 

stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a total of 34,673 shares of 
Bancshares common stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.28 to $11.50 per share. The converted options are governed by the 
original plan under which they were issued. Options to purchase a total of 760 shares of common stock of Bancshares were 
outstanding at December 31, 2009.  

On March 1, 2005, the Company acquired First Capital Bankers, Inc. The options to purchase shares of First Capital Bankers, 

Inc. common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a total of 233,779 
shares of Bancshares common stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.60 to $20.26 per share. The converted options are governed by 
the original plans under which they were issued. Options to purchase a total of 8,957 shares of common stock of Bancshares were 
outstanding at December 31, 2009.  

On April 1, 2006, the Company acquired SNB Bancshares, Inc. The options to purchase shares of SNB Bancshares, Inc. 

common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a total of 467,578 shares of 
Bancshares common stock at exercise prices ranging from $8.15 to $19.65 per share. The converted options are governed by the 
original plan under which they were issued. Options to purchase a total of 20,904 shares of common stock of Bancshares were 
outstanding at December 31, 2009.  

On January 31, 2007, the Company acquired Texas United Bancshares, Inc. The options to purchase shares of Texas United 
Bancshares, Inc. common stock outstanding at the effective time of the transaction were converted into options to purchase a total of 
179,956 shares of Bancshares common stock at exercise prices ranging from $5.00 to $20.16 per share. The converted options are 
governed by the original plan under which they were issued. Options to purchase a total of 18,500 shares of common stock of 
Bancshares were outstanding at December 31, 2009.  

Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of the grant, subject to a pre-determined vesting period with a 
contractual term of 10 years. Options assumed in connection with acquisitions have contractual terms as established in the original 
option grant agreements entered into prior to acquisition. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using 
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period for 
all awards.  

The fair value of options was estimated using an option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:  

Expected life in years 
Risk free interest rate 
Volatility  
(1)
Dividend yield 

(1) Volatility is a measure of fluctuations in the Company’s share price. 

105 

2009  
5.12  
3.94% 
21.25% 
1.25%  

December 31,
2008  
5.03  
4.13%  
21.21%  
1.21%  

2007  
4.69  
4.20% 
21.04% 
1.23% 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

A summary of changes in outstanding vested and unvested options during the three year period ended December 31, 2009 is set 

forth below:  

Options outstanding, January 1, 2007 

Options granted 
Options forfeited 
Options exercised 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2007

Options granted 
Options forfeited 
Options exercised 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2008

Options granted 
Options forfeited 
Options exercised 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2009
Options vested or expected to vest, December 31, 2009 
Options exercisable, December 31,2009

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 21.68  
17.84  
24.42  
13.29  
$ 23.26  
  24.43  
21.11  
16.16  
$ 24.58  
  30.64  
28.40  
17.86  
$ 25.88  
$ 25.60  
$ 23.37  

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (in years)  

5.87  

5.36  

4.97  
4.90  
4.03  

Aggregate
Intrinsic 
Value
(In thousands)

$

$

$
$
$

6,668

4,600

12,481
12,343
8,201

Number of
Options
(In thousands)

1,142    
235    
(27)  
(262)  
1,088    
5    
(15)  
(161)  
917    
72    
(20)  
(113)  
856    
830    
480    

The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $2.6 million and $2.2 

million, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested and forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1.4 million 
and $101,000, respectively.  

A summary of changes in unvested options during the three year period ended December 31, 2009 is set forth below:  

Unvested options outstanding, January 1, 2007 

Options granted 
Unvested options forfeited 
Options vested 

Unvested options outstanding, December 31, 2007 

Options granted 
Unvested options forfeited 
Options vested 

Unvested options outstanding, December 31, 2008 

Options granted 
Unvested options forfeited 
Options vested 

Unvested options outstanding, December 31, 2009 

106 

Number of 
Options
(In thousands) 

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value

778    
55    
(27)  
(99)  
707    
5    
(4)  
(179)  
529    
72    
(15)  
(210)  
376    

$

$

$

$

5.93
8.28
5.17
3.23
6.52
3.85
5.52
5.54
6.83
6.31
6.98
6.63
6.78

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The Company received $2.0 million, $2.6 million and $3.5 million in cash from the exercise of stock options during the years 

ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. There was no tax benefit realized from exercises of the stock-based 
compensation arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  

As of December 31, 2009, there was $13.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock-based 

compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.  

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009:  

Range of Exercise Prices
$  0.00 - $  5.00 
$  5.01 - $10.00 
$10.01 - $15.00 
$15.01 - $20.00 
$20.01 - $25.00 
$25.01 - $30.00 
$30.01 - $35.00 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number 
Outstanding  
—    
11,931  
36,888  
101,302  
45,625  
517,832  
142,000  
855,578  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price  
—    
$
8.43  
10.10  
18.11  
23.63  
26.53  
32.31  
25.88  

$

Weighted 
Average Remaining
Life (years)

—    
1.46  
1.01  
3.17  
4.80  
4.85  
8.16  
4.97  

Number 
Outstanding  
—    
11,931  
36,888  
101,302  
34,750  
284,982  
9,750  
479,603  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price
—  
$
8.43
10.10
18.11
23.47
27.25
32.96
23.37

$

14. OTHER NONINTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE  

Other noninterest income and expense totals are presented in the following tables. Components of these totals exceeding 1% of 
the aggregate of total net interest income and total noninterest income for any of the years presented and other amounts the Company 
elected to present are stated separately.  

Other noninterest income 

Banking related service fees
Brokered mortgage income
Income from leased assets 
BOLI 
Other 

Total 

Other noninterest expense 

Communications expense 
Ad valorem and franchise taxes
Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance 
Printing and supply expense
Travel and development expense
Professional fee expense 
Other 

Total 

107 

2009

Years Ended December 31,
2008
(Dollars in thousands)

2007

$ 2,009  
305  
318  
1,344  
4,379  
$ 8,355  

$ 8,466  
3,561  
13,662  
2,250  
1,749  
  4,419  
11,536  
$45,643  

$ 1,963  
330  
  1,079  
  2,011  
  1,202  
$ 6,585  

$ 6,582  
  2,884  
  1,843  
  1,832  
  2,155  
  1,688  
  6,457  
$23,441  

$ 1,737
679
  1,323
  1,893
  6,268
$11,900

$ 6,351
  2,462
  1,035
  1,699
  1,520
  1,707
  5,552
$20,326

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

15. PROFIT SHARING PLAN  

The Company has adopted a profit sharing plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code whereby the 

participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation as permitted under the Code. Matching contributions are made at the 
discretion of the Company. Presently, the Company matches 50% of an employee’s contributions, up to 15% of such employee’s 
compensation, not to exceed the maximum allowable pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code and excluding catch-up contributions. 
Such matching contributions were approximately $1.9 million, $1.7 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 
2008 and 2007, respectively.  

16. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of 

December 31, 2009 (other than deposit obligations and securities sold under repurchase agreements). The Company’s future cash 
payments associated with its contractual obligations pursuant to its junior subordinated debentures, FHLB notes payable and 
operating leases as of December 31, 2009 are summarized below. Payments for junior subordinated debentures include interest of 
$73.4 million that will be paid over the future periods. The future interest payments were calculated using the current rate in effect at 
December 31, 2009. With respect to floating interest rates, the payments were determined based on the 3-month LIBOR in effect at 
December 31, 2009. The current principal balance of the junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 2009 was $92.3 million. 
Payments for FHLB notes payable include interest of $5.0 million that will be paid over the future periods. Payments related to leases 
are based on actual payments specified in underlying contracts.  

Junior subordinated debentures 
Federal Home Loan Bank notes payable
Operating leases 
Total. 

Off-Balance Sheet Items  

More than 1
year but less
than 3 years  

Payments due in:

3 years or 
more but less
than 5 years   

(Dollars in thousands)

$

6,114  
4,062  
6,440  
$ 16,616  

$

$

6,114  
3,258  
3,828  
13,200  

5 years 
or more   

$150,402  
  11,458  
796  
  162,656  

Total

$165,687
31,166
15,283
$212,136

1 year or less  

$

$

3,057  
12,388  
4,219  
19,664  

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles 

generally accepted in the United States, are not included in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these 
transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters 
of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the 
consolidated balance sheets.  

108 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring 

by period as of December 31, 2009 are summarized below.  

Standby letters of credit 
Commitments to extend credit 

Total 

1 year or less  

$

11,147  
327,816  
$ 338,963  

More than 1
year but less
than 3 years  

3 years or 
more but less
than 5 years   

(Dollars in thousands)

$

2,212  
22,203  
$ 24,415  

$

$

60  
3,193  
3,253  

5 years 
or more   

$ —    
  143,529  
$143,529  

Total

$ 13,419
496,741
$510,160

Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the 
performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement 
with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the 
Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, the 
Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. The Company’s policies generally require that standby letter of 
credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.  

Commitments to Extend Credit. The Company enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed 
expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Company’s commitments 
to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. The Company 
minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. 
Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance 
for credit losses. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment 
amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash funding requirements. At December 31, 2009, $79.1 million of 
commitments to extend credit have fixed rates ranging from 2.50% to 18.00%.  

The Company evaluates customer creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered 

necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.  

Leases—The following table presents a summary of non-cancelable future operating lease commitments as of December 31, 

2009 (dollars in thousands):  

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 
Total 

$ 4,219
  3,405
  3,035
  2,342
  1,486
796
$15,283

It is expected that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other property or 

equipment.  

109 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

Rent expense under all noncancelable operating lease obligations aggregated approximately $5.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2009, $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.  

Litigation—The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In 
the opinion of management, after reviewing such claims with outside counsel, resolution of such matters will not have a materially 
adverse impact on the consolidated financial statements.  

17. REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. 
Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct material 
effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for 
prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-
balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and the 
Bank’s classification under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action are also subject to qualitative judgments by the 
regulators about the components, risk weightings and other factors.  

To meet the capital adequacy requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios as 

defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 2009, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they 
are subject.  

As of December 31, 2009, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the 
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-
based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There have been no conditions or events since that 
notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

The following is a summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008:  

CONSOLIDATED: 
As of December 31, 2009: 
Total Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) 

As of December 31, 2008: 
Total Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) 

Actual

Amount

Ratio

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes
Amount
Ratio  
(Dollars in thousands)

To Be Categorized As 
Well Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio

$562,295  

13.86%  

$ 324,654  

8.00%  

  511,567  

12.61  

162,327  

4.00  

  511,567  

6.47  

237,199  

3.00  

$458,872  

11.17%  

$ 328,686  

8.00%  

  421,902  

10.27  

164,343  

4.00  

  421,902  

5.68  

222,931  

3.00  

110 

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A  

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

PROSPERITY BANK  ONLY: 
As of December 31, 2009: 
Total Capital 

®

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) 

As of December 31, 2008: 
Total Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Risk Weighted Assets) 

Tier I Capital 

(to Average Tangible Assets) 

Actual

Amount

Ratio  

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes
Ratio  
Amount
(Dollars in thousands)

To Be Categorized As 
Well Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio  

$548,906  

13.55%  

$ 324,166  

8.00%  

$ 405,208  

10.00% 

  498,255  

12.30  

  162,083  

4.00  

243,125  

6.00  

  498,255  

6.31  

236,994  

3.00  

394,991  

5.00  

$443,311  

10.91%  

$ 325,034  

8.00%  

$ 406,292  

10.00% 

  406,341  

10.00  

  162,517  

4.00  

243,775  

6.00  

  406,341  

5.48  

222,605  

3.00  

371,008  

5.00  

Dividends paid by Bancshares and the Bank are subject to restrictions by certain regulatory agencies. Dividends paid by 
Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $26.2 million, $23.4 million and $20.3 million, 
respectively. Dividends paid by the Bank to Bancshares during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $24.5 
million, $63.0 million and $69.0 million, respectively.  

18. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES  

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding $92.3 million in junior subordinated debentures issued to the 

Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts.  

A summary of pertinent information related to the Company’s eight issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding at 

December 31, 2009 is set forth in the table below:  

Description
Prosperity Statutory Trust II 

Issuance Date
July 31, 2001

Trust 
Preferred 
Securities 
Outstanding  
$ 15,000,000

(1)

Interest Rate
3 month LIBOR
+ 3.58%, not to exceed 
12.50%

Junior 
Subordinated 
Debt Owed 
to Trusts
$ 15,464,000

Maturity 
Date

(2)
July 31, 2031

Prosperity Statutory Trust III 
Prosperity Statutory Trust IV 
SNB Capital Trust IV  
(5)

  Aug. 15, 2003    12,500,000  3 month LIBOR + 3.00%     12,887,000  Sept. 17, 2033

(3)

  Dec. 30, 2003    12,500,000  3 month LIBOR + 2.85%     12,887,000  Dec. 30, 2033

(4)

  Sept. 25, 2003    10,000,000 

3 month LIBOR + 3.00%     10,310,000  Sept. 25, 2033

TXUI Statutory Trust I

(6)

  Sept. 07, 2000   

7,000,000 

10.60%

7,210,000  Sept. 07, 2030

TXUI Statutory Trust II

(6)

Dec. 19, 2003   

5,000,000 3 month LIBOR + 2.85%    

(7)

5,155,000  Dec. 19, 2033

TXUI Statutory Trust III
TXUI Statutory Trust IV  
(6)
TOTAL: 

(6)

  Nov. 30, 2005    15,500,000 

3 month LIBOR + 1.39%     15,980,000  Dec. 15, 2035

  Mar. 31, 2006    12,000,000 

3 month LIBOR + 1.39%     12,372,000 
  $ 92,265,000 

June 30, 2036

111 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

(1) The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of December 31, 2009 was 0.25063%. 
(2) All debentures are callable five years from issuance date except for TXUI Statutory Trust I which is callable ten years from 

issuance date. 

(3) The debentures bore a fixed interest rate of 6.50% until September 17, 2008, when the rate began to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the 3-month LIBOR plus 3.00%. 

(4) The debentures bore a fixed interest rate of 6.50% until December 30, 2008, when the rate began to float on a quarterly basis 

based on the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.85%. 

(5) Assumed in connection with the SNB acquisition on April 1, 2006. 
(6) Assumed in connection with the TXUI acquisition on January 31, 2007. 
(7) The debentures bore a fixed interest rate until January 23, 2009, when the rate began to float on a quarterly basis based on the 3-

month LIBOR plus 2.85%. 

Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing 

the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent preferred 
beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of the junior 
subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly-owned by the Company. Each trust’s 
ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related 
junior subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment 
to all of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s 
obligations under the trust securities issued by such trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds 
available for such obligations.  

Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at 

any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the debentures are 
deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred.  

112 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

19. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
(Parent Company Only)  
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS  

ASSETS 

Cash 
Investment in subsidiary 
Investment in capital and statutory trusts 
Goodwill 
Other assets 

TOTAL 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
LIABILITIES: 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities 
Junior subordinated debentures 

Total liabilities 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: 

Common stock 
Capital surplus. 
Retained earnings 
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax benefit
Less treasury stock, at cost, 37,088 shares 

Total shareholders’ equity 

TOTAL 

113 

December 31,

2009

2008

(Dollars in thousands)

$
562    
  1,423,499    
2,765    
3,982    
13,511    
$1,444,319    

$
6,345  
  1,325,115  
2,765  
4,335  
9,760  
$1,348,320  

$

809    
92,265    
93,074    

$

949  
92,265  
93,214  

46,578    
870,460    
418,008    
16,806    
(607)  
  1,351,245    
$1,444,319    

46,117  
867,380  
332,363  
9,853  
(607) 
  1,255,106  
$1,348,320  

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
(Parent Company Only)  
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

OPERATING INCOME: 

Dividends from subsidiaries 
Other income 

Total income 
OPERATING EXPENSE: 

Junior subordinated debentures interest expense 
Stock-based compensation expense (includes restricted stock)
Other expenses 

Total operating expense 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED 

EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT 
INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES
EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES
NET INCOME 

114 

For the Years Ended December 31,
2008
2009
(Dollars in thousands)

2007

$ 24,500  
164  
24,664  

$ 63,000  
265  
  63,265  

$ 69,000
383
69,383

3,760  
1,515  
380  
5,655  

19,009  
1,792  
20,801  
91,078  
$ 111,879  

  6,440  
  1,542  
672  
  8,654  

  54,611  
  2,753  
  57,364  
  27,143  
$ 84,507  

  10,058
1,968
432
12,458

56,925
4,018
60,943
23,208
$ 84,151

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
(Parent Company Only)  
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 
Stock based compensation expense (includes restricted stock)
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Cash paid for acquisitions 
Cash acquired from acquisitions 

Net cash used in investing activities 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from stock option exercises
Redemption of junior subordinated debentures (net) 
Payments of cash dividends 

Net cash used in financing activities 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD 

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

     2009       

For the Years Ended December 31,
      2008       
(Dollars in thousands)

     2007       

$111,879    

$ 84,507    

$ 84,151  

  (91,078)  
1,515    
(3,751)  
(140)  
  18,425    

—      
—    
—      

2,026    
—      
(26,234)  
(24,208) 
(5,783)  
6,345    
562    

$

  (27,143)  
1,543    
4,512    
(276)  
  63,143    

  (18,758)  
431    
  (18,327)  

2,598    
  (20,620)  
  (23,377)  
  (41,399)  
3,417    
2,928    
6,345    

$

  (23,208) 
1,968  
(2,065) 
(8,192) 
  52,654  

(8,629) 
5,491  
(3,138) 

3,485  
(32,475) 
(20,325) 
(49,315) 
201  
2,727  
2,928  

$

On January 19, 2010, the Company announced the signing of a definitive agreement by Prosperity Bank to acquire the three 
(3) Texas retail bank branches of U.S. Bank. Prosperity Bank will pay a premium for approximately $420 million in deposits, as well 
as purchase certain loans and other assets attributable to the branches. The three branches being acquired by the Company are the 
Texas locations U.S. Bank acquired from the FDIC on October 30, 2009 when U.S. Bank acquired the nine (9) subsidiary banks of 
FBOP Corporation. The Texas banks were Madisonville State Bank in Madisonville, Texas; Citizens National Bank in Teague, 
Texas; and North Houston Bank in Houston, Texas. The agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of both banks and is 
expected to close during the first quarter of 2010, although delays could occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, 
including customary regulatory approvals.  

On February 8, 2010, the Company announced the signing of a definitive agreement by Prosperity Bank to acquire the nineteen 

(19) Texas retail bank branches of First Bank, a Missouri state-chartered bank. Prosperity Bank will pay a premium of 5.5% for 
approximately $500 million in deposits, as well as purchase approximately  

115 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)  

®

$100 million in loans and other assets attributable to the branches. First Bank’s Texas locations are all in the Houston and Dallas 
metropolitan areas. After the consolidation of branches near existing Company banking centers and the acquisition of the Houston 
branch of U.S. Bank, the Company will operate thirty-one (31) Dallas/Fort Worth area banking centers and fifty-eight (58) Houston 
area banking centers. The agreement has been approved by the Board of Directors of both banks and is expected to close during the 
second quarter of 2010, although delays could occur. The transaction is subject to certain conditions, including customary regulatory 
approvals.  

116 

  
  
PROSPERITY BANCSHARES, INC.  
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES  

Direct Subsidiaries 

Prosperity Holdings of Delaware, LLC

Delaware

Jurisdiction of
Organization

Prosperity Interim Corporation 

Prosperity Statutory Trust II 

Prosperity Statutory Trust III 

Prosperity Statutory Trust IV 

SNB Capital Trust IV 

TXUI Statutory Trust I 

TXUI Statutory Trust II 

TXUI Statutory Trust III 

TXUI Statutory Trust IV 

Indirect Subsidiaries 

First National Bryan Security 
Company, L.L.C. 
GNB Leasing Co. 

MainCorp Leasing Co. 

LB Holdings, Inc. 

Prosperity Bank 

Texas

Connecticut

Connecticut

Connecticut

Connecticut

Connecticut

Delaware

Connecticut

Delaware

Texas

Texas

Texas

Texas

Texas

Jurisdiction of
Organization 

Exhibit 21.1 

Parent Entity
Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Prosperity 
Bancshares, 
Inc.

Parent Entity
Prosperity 
Bank

Prosperity 
Bank

Prosperity 
Bank

Prosperity 
Bank

Prosperity 
Holdings of 
Delaware, 
LLC

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-78139, 333-92997, 333-100815, 333-110755, 
33-123366, 333-123367, 333-133214, and 333-140425 on Form S-8; and Registration Statements Nos. 333-158267, 333-136848, and 
333-93857 on Form S-3, of our reports dated March 1, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Prosperity 
Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, 
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

/s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP  

Houston, Texas  
March 1, 2010  

Exhibit 31.1 

1.

2.

3.

4.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

I, David Zalman, certify that:  

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting for the registrant and 
have: 

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)

b)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; a 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 1, 2010  

/S/     DAVID ZALMAN        
David Zalman 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

1.

2.

3.

4.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

I, David Hollaway, certify that:  

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc.; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting for the registrant and 
have: 

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)

b)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 1, 2010  

/S/    DAVID HOLLAWAY        
David Hollaway 
Chief Financial Officer 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to  
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with this Annual Report of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending 
December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Zalman, 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and operating results of 
the Company. 

/S/    DAVID ZALMAN        
David Zalman 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer 

March 1, 2010  

  
  
  
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to  
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with this Annual Report of Prosperity Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending 
December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Hollaway, 
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and operating results of 
the Company. 

/S/    DAVID HOLLAWAY        
David Hollaway 
Chief Financial Officer 

March 1, 2010